WO2018003298A1 - Display device - Google Patents

Display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018003298A1
WO2018003298A1 PCT/JP2017/017568 JP2017017568W WO2018003298A1 WO 2018003298 A1 WO2018003298 A1 WO 2018003298A1 JP 2017017568 W JP2017017568 W JP 2017017568W WO 2018003298 A1 WO2018003298 A1 WO 2018003298A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
light
liquid crystal
light emitting
crystal shutter
filter
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/017568
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
善光 村橋
Original Assignee
シャープ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by シャープ株式会社 filed Critical シャープ株式会社
Publication of WO2018003298A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018003298A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09G—ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G3/00—Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes
    • G09G3/20—Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes for presentation of an assembly of a number of characters, e.g. a page, by composing the assembly by combination of individual elements arranged in a matrix no fixed position being assigned to or needed to be assigned to the individual characters or partial characters
    • G09G3/34—Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes for presentation of an assembly of a number of characters, e.g. a page, by composing the assembly by combination of individual elements arranged in a matrix no fixed position being assigned to or needed to be assigned to the individual characters or partial characters by control of light from an independent source
    • G09G3/36—Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes for presentation of an assembly of a number of characters, e.g. a page, by composing the assembly by combination of individual elements arranged in a matrix no fixed position being assigned to or needed to be assigned to the individual characters or partial characters by control of light from an independent source using liquid crystals

Definitions

  • the following disclosure relates to a display device having a liquid crystal shutter.
  • Liquid crystal displays are becoming increasingly finer.
  • downsizing of liquid crystal displays with high resolution such as 4K and 8K has recently been required.
  • the area of the wiring becomes more dominant or the wiring needs to be thinner than the transmission part of the liquid crystal. For this reason, the difficulty of manufacture increases and the yield deteriorates.
  • a color filter is not disposed on the liquid crystal panel, and a red LED that emits R (red) light, a green LED that emits G (green) light, and B (blue) light is emitted.
  • a blue LED that emits light is provided.
  • a color image is displayed by sequentially displaying a red image, a green image, and a blue image on the time axis. As a result, the liquid crystal display does not require subpixels, and thus miniaturization of wiring and the like is suppressed.
  • JP 2014-137493 A published July 28, 2014
  • the liquid crystal display described in Patent Document 1 does not require sub-pixels, it can display an image with a small number of pixels, but cannot display an image with a resolution higher than the pixels of the liquid crystal panel. There is.
  • the following disclosure has been made in view of the above-described problems, and an object thereof is to suppress a decrease in yield during manufacturing by improving resolution without accompanying miniaturization of a liquid crystal shutter.
  • a display device includes an illumination unit including a light guide plate in which light emitting units that independently emit light in a dot shape are arranged in a matrix in a matrix direction; A liquid crystal shutter that controls the transmission amount of light emitted from the illumination unit, arranged in a matrix in the matrix direction, and a filter unit that transmits light of a specific color among the light transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter, A color filter unit arranged in a matrix in the matrix direction, and when viewed in plan, the liquid crystal shutter covers each of the light emitting units in at least one of the row direction and the column direction. It is characterized by that.
  • FIG. 1 It is sectional drawing showing the structure of the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 1 of this invention. It is a top view showing the structure of the backlight of the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 1 of this invention. It is a figure showing the structure of the element substrate of the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 1 of this invention. It is a top view showing the structure of the color filter part of the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 1 of this invention. It is a perspective view showing the structure of the color filter part, the liquid-crystal shutter, and a backlight in the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 1 of this invention.
  • Embodiment 1 (Configuration of display device 1)
  • Embodiment 1 of the present invention will be described in detail.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration of a display device 1 according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention.
  • the display device 1 includes a display panel 10, a backlight (illumination unit) 30, and a control unit 50.
  • the display panel 10 includes an element substrate 20, a counter substrate 11, and a liquid crystal 15 sealed between the element substrate 20 and the counter substrate 11, which are bonded to each other with a seal 16.
  • the element substrate 20 includes a glass substrate, a switching element for switching a liquid crystal cell, which is a liquid crystal shutter, arranged in a matrix on the glass substrate, a pixel electrode, an alignment film, and the like.
  • the counter substrate 11 includes a glass substrate 12 and a color filter portion CF including a filter portion that transmits light of a specific wavelength and is arranged in a matrix on the side of the glass substrate 12 facing the element substrate 20. Yes. Further, although not shown, the counter substrate 11 includes a common electrode, an alignment film, and the like provided on the surface of the color filter portion CF on the element substrate 20 side.
  • the control unit 50 controls the driving of the display panel 10 and the backlight 30 by outputting display data for displaying an image on the display panel 10 or outputting a control signal to each light source included in the backlight 30. To do.
  • the control unit 50 controls the backlight 30 in a time-sharing manner to display a high-definition image on the display panel 10.
  • FIG. 2 is a plan view illustrating the configuration of the backlight 30.
  • the directions perpendicular to each other in a plane parallel to the substrate surface of the display panel 10 are defined as an X direction (row direction) and a Y direction (column direction).
  • the X direction is a direction (referred to as a horizontal direction) parallel to the extending direction of the gate line GL (see FIG. 3)
  • the Y direction is a direction (vertical direction) parallel to the extending direction of the data line DL (see FIG. 3). Called).
  • the backlight 30 includes a light guide plate 31 and light source units 32 to 35.
  • the light source portions 32 to 35 are arranged so as to extend along the four sides of the light guide plate 31.
  • the light source unit (first light source unit) 32 includes a light emitting unit 32a that emits white light, and a lens unit 32b that transmits the emitted light from the light emitting unit 32a and emits it as emitted light P11 that is parallel light. It has.
  • the light source unit (second light source unit) 33 includes a light emitting unit 33a that emits white light, and a lens unit 33b that transmits the emitted light from the light emitting unit 33a and emits it as emitted light P12 that is parallel light. It has.
  • the light source unit (third light source unit) 34 includes a light emitting unit 34a that emits white light, and a lens unit 34b that transmits the emitted light from the light emitting unit 34a and emits the emitted light P21 as parallel light. It has.
  • the light source unit (fourth light source unit) 35 includes a light emitting unit 35a that emits white light, and a lens unit 35b that transmits the emitted light from the light emitting unit 35a and emits it as emitted light P22 that is parallel light. It has.
  • Each of the light emitting sections 32a to 35a includes LEDs that emit a plurality of white light arranged side by side.
  • the light source part 32 and the light source part 35 are arranged opposite to each other in the X direction via the light guide plate 31.
  • the light source unit 33 and the light source unit 34 are arranged to face each other in the Y direction via the light guide plate 31.
  • the light guide plate 31 has a square shape or a rectangular shape.
  • the light guide plate 31 has a backlight pattern BK, which is a prism having a shape protruding from the bottom surface, arranged in a matrix on the bottom surface in the XY direction.
  • backlight patterns BK that overlap with liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 described later may be referred to as backlight patterns BK1, BK2, BK3.
  • the backlight patterns BK1, BK2, BK3 are arranged in order in the X direction (row direction).
  • Each of the backlight patterns BK emits light by emitting light P11, P12, P21, and P22 emitted from the four light source units 32 to 35 in the direction in which the display panel 10 is disposed (first light emission).
  • Each light emitting part L11, light emitting part L12, light emitting part L21, and light emitting part L22 have a configuration capable of independently emitting light in a dot shape.
  • Each light-emitting part L11, light-emitting part L12, light-emitting part L21, and light-emitting part L22 are the minimum unit dots that constitute an image displayed on the display device 1.
  • a region that overlaps any one of the light emitting unit L11, the light emitting unit L12, the light emitting unit L21, and the light emitting unit L22 in the liquid crystal shutter S described later is a sub pixel.
  • Each of the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22 has its light emitting period controlled independently via the light source units 32 to 35 that are individually and independently controlled by the control unit 50 (see FIG. 1). Is done. In other words, the light emission periods of the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22 are individually controlled by the control unit 50 independently.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating the configuration of the element substrate 20 of the display device 1 according to the first embodiment of the invention.
  • the element substrate 20 includes a source driver 22, a gate driver 23, a plurality of data lines DL extending in a vertical direction (Y direction), and a plurality of data lines DL extending in a horizontal direction (X direction).
  • a gate line GL, a transistor 24 disposed near the intersection of the data line DL and the gate line GL, and a pixel electrode 25 connected to the transistor 24 are provided.
  • the transistor 24 is a thin film transistor (TFT: Thin Film Transistor) that functions as a switching element that switches between a transmissive state and a non-transmissive state of the liquid crystal cell S.
  • TFT Thin Film Transistor
  • the transistors 24 are arranged in a matrix in the matrix direction on the element substrate 20.
  • the transistor 24 is disposed in a region partitioned by the data line DL and the gate line GL.
  • the gate of the transistor 24 is connected to the gate line (scanning line) GL, the source of the transistor 24 is connected to the data line DL, and the drain is connected to the pixel electrode 25.
  • the pixel electrode 25 is disposed in a region partitioned by the data line DL and the gate line GL.
  • the pixel electrode 25 is composed of a transparent electrode such as ITO.
  • the pixel electrode 25 constitutes a liquid crystal shutter S by the counter electrode (common electrode) COM disposed on the counter substrate 11 and the liquid crystal 15 disposed between the pixel electrode 25 and the counter electrode COM.
  • the counter electrode COM is disposed on the entire surface of the color filter portion CF of the counter substrate 11 facing the element substrate 20.
  • the counter electrode COM is composed of a transparent electrode such as ITO.
  • the liquid crystal shutter S (S1, S2, S3%) Includes a pixel electrode 25, a liquid crystal 15, and a counter electrode COM.
  • the liquid crystal shutters S are arranged in a matrix in the XY direction.
  • the liquid crystal shutter S functions as a shutter by controlling the degree to which the liquid crystal 15 transmits light in accordance with the potential between the pixel electrode 25 and the counter electrode COM.
  • the liquid crystal shutters S arranged in order in the X direction may be referred to as liquid crystal shutters S1, S2, and S3.
  • the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 are arranged in any one of a red color filter that transmits red light, a green color filter that transmits green light, and a blue color filter that transmits blue light.
  • a red color filter that transmits red light a green color filter that transmits green light
  • a blue color filter that transmits blue light.
  • it is the minimum unit dot constituting the display image.
  • each of the liquid crystal shutters S1, S2, S3 is further divided into a plurality of light emitting portions L11, L12, L21, L22, which are display areas.
  • the shutters S1, S2, and S3 are not the minimum unit dots constituting the display image.
  • FIG. 4 is a plan view illustrating the configuration of the color filter unit CF of the display device 1 according to the first embodiment of the invention.
  • FIG. 4 shows a part of the configuration of the color filter portion CF.
  • the color filter unit CF is sequentially arranged in the X direction, and transmits a red filter that transmits red (R) light, a green filter that transmits green (G) light, and blue (B) light.
  • a color filter including a blue filter is arranged in a matrix in the XY direction.
  • a black matrix BM that blocks light is arranged around the red filter, the green filter, and the blue filter.
  • a red filter CFR11, a green filter CFG11, a blue filter CFB11, a red filter CFR12, a green filter CFG12, a blue filter CFB12 In each row adjacent to the Y direction, a red filter CFR21, a green filter CFG21, a blue filter CFB21, a red filter CFR22, a green filter CFG22, a blue filter CFB22,... Are sequentially arranged in the X direction. Although not shown in FIG. 4, the red filter, the green filter, and the blue filter are further arranged in the Y direction.
  • the color filter portion CF has a stripe arrangement in which filters that transmit the same color are arranged in the Y direction.
  • FIG. 5 is a perspective view illustrating the configuration of the color filter unit CF, the liquid crystal shutter S, and the backlight 30 in the display device 1 according to the first embodiment of the invention.
  • the direction perpendicular to the XY plane (that is, the substrate surface of the display panel 10) is defined as the Z direction.
  • the Z direction is also a direction parallel to the optical axis of the light reflected by the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3 in the direction toward the liquid crystal shutter S from the light sources 32 to 35.
  • the light guide plate 31 of the backlight 30, the liquid crystal shutters S arranged in a matrix in the XY directions, and the color filter portion CF are sequentially stacked in the Z-axis direction.
  • the backlight pattern BK1 is arranged in the area of the liquid crystal shutter S1 and below the liquid crystal shutter S1
  • the backlight pattern BK2 is arranged in the area of the liquid crystal shutter S2 and below the liquid crystal shutter S2.
  • the backlight pattern BK3 is arranged in the region of the liquid crystal shutter S3 and below the liquid crystal shutter S3.
  • the red filter CFR11 is disposed so as to overlap the light emitting portion L11 of the backlight pattern BK1
  • the green filter CFG11 is disposed so as to overlap with the light emitting portion L12 of the backlight pattern BK1
  • the red filter CFR21 is disposed so as to overlap the light emitting portion L21 of the backlight pattern BK1
  • the green filter CFG21 is disposed so as to overlap the light emitting portion L22 of the backlight pattern BK1.
  • the blue filter CFB11 is disposed so as to overlap with the light emitting portion L11 of the backlight pattern BK2
  • the red filter CFR12 is disposed so as to overlap with the light emitting portion L12 of the backlight pattern BK2.
  • the red filter CFR22 is disposed so as to overlap the light emitting portion L22 of the backlight pattern BK2.
  • the green filter CFG12 is arranged so as to overlap the light emitting part L11 of the backlight pattern BK3, and the blue filter CFB12 is arranged so as to overlap with the light emitting part L12 of the backlight pattern BK3, and the green filter CFG22.
  • the blue filter CFB22 is disposed so as to overlap the light emitting portion L22 of the backlight pattern BK3.
  • one liquid crystal shutter S1 is covered with a plurality of filter units, that is, the red filter CFR11, the green filter CFG11, the red filter CFR21, and the green filter CFG21.
  • one liquid crystal shutter S2 is covered with a plurality of filter portions, which are a blue filter CFB11, a red filter CFR12, a blue filter CFB21, and a red filter CFR22.
  • one liquid crystal shutter S3 is covered with a plurality of filter units, that is, a green filter CFG12, a blue filter CFB12, a green filter CFG22, and a blue filter CFB22.
  • the red filter CFR11, the green filter CFG11, the red filter CFR21, and the green filter CFG21 which are a plurality of filter units that cover the liquid crystal shutter S1 are units of all the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22 that the liquid crystal shutter S1 covers. It is provided for each.
  • the blue filter CFB11, the red filter CFR12, the blue filter CFB21, and the red filter CFR22 which are filter units that cover the liquid crystal shutter S2, are provided for each light emitting unit L11, L12, L21, and L22 unit covered by the liquid crystal shutter S2. Is provided.
  • the green filter CFG12, the blue filter CFB12, the green filter CFG22, and the blue filter CFB22, which are filter parts covering the liquid crystal shutter S3, are provided for every light emitting part L11, L12, L21, L22 unit covered by the liquid crystal shutter S3. Is provided.
  • FIG. 6 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the color filter portion CF, the liquid crystal shutter S, and the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3 in the display device 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a perspective view of the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3 according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • the main surface facing the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 is the light output surface 31a, and the main surface facing the output surface 31a is the back surface 31b.
  • the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3 are arranged on the back surface 31b of the light guide plate 31.
  • the light emitting portion L11 is emitted from the light source portion 32 (see FIG. 2) and enters the light guide plate 31 from the first side portion 31c of the light guide plate 31.
  • the emitted light P11 is reflected as light PL11 in the direction toward the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 and the color filter portion CF, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting unit L11 includes a reflective surface L11a that is inclined so that the thickness becomes thinner as it approaches the first side portion 31c of the light guide plate 31 that is the incident surface of the emitted light P11.
  • the light emitting unit L11 reflects the emitted light P11 as light PL11 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L11a.
  • the light emitting unit L12 outputs the emitted light P12 emitted from the light source unit 33 (see FIG. 2) and incident on the light guide plate 31 from the second side portion 31d of the light guide plate 31 to the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S1.
  • the light is reflected as light PL12 in the direction toward S3 and the color filter portion CF, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting portion L12 includes a reflecting surface L12a that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the second side portion 31d of the light guide plate 31 that is the incident surface of the emitted light P12.
  • the light emitting unit L12 reflects the emitted light P12 as light PL12 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L12a.
  • the light emitting portion L21 emits the emitted light P21 emitted from the light source portion 34 (see FIG. 2) and incident on the light guide plate 31 from the third side portion 31e of the light guide plate 31 to the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S1.
  • the shape is reflected as light PL21 in the direction toward S3 and the color filter portion CF, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting portion L21 includes a reflecting surface L21a that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the third side portion 31e of the light guide plate 31 that is the incident surface of the outgoing light P21.
  • the light emitting unit L21 reflects the emitted light P21 as light PL21 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L21a.
  • the light emitting part L22 emits the emitted light P22 emitted from the light source part 35 (see FIG. 2) and incident on the light guide plate 31 from the fourth side part 31f of the light guide plate 31 to the liquid crystal shutters S1 to SBK.
  • the shape is reflected as light PL22 in the direction toward S3 and the color filter portion CF, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting portion L22 includes a reflecting surface L22a that is inclined so as to become thinner as it approaches the fourth side portion 31f of the light guide plate 31 that is the incident surface of the emitted light P22.
  • the light emitting unit L22 reflects the emitted light P22 as light PL22 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L22a.
  • the light emission part L11 is independently controlled in the light emission period by the light source part 32 whose drive is controlled by the control part 50.
  • the light emitting unit L12 is independently controlled in light emission period by the light source unit 33 whose drive is controlled by the control unit 50.
  • the light emitting unit L21 is independently controlled in light emission period by the light source unit 34 whose driving is controlled by the control unit 50.
  • the light emission part L22 is independently controlled in light emission period by the light source part 35 whose drive is controlled by the control part 50.
  • the display device 1 can display an image having a higher resolution than the liquid crystal shutters S1, S2, and S3. A specific operation for displaying an image by the display device 1 will be described later.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the display device 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • 8A shows display data to be displayed on the sub-pixels
  • FIG. 8B shows the color filter portion CF
  • FIG. 8C shows the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3
  • FIG. 8D shows the backlight patterns BK1 to BK1.
  • BK3 is shown
  • (d) is a diagram showing the display state.
  • the display data D11, D12, D21, and D22 shown in (a) of FIG. 8 are display data to be input to pixels composed of RGB sub-pixels in the conventional liquid crystal display device.
  • the display data R11, R12, R21, and R22 are display data to be input to the sub-pixel that emits red light
  • the display data G11, G12, G21, and G22 are input to the sub-pixel that emits green light.
  • Display data B11, B12, B21, and B22 are display data to be input to the sub-pixels emitting blue light.
  • each of the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 of the display panel 10 divides a light emission region by a plurality of light emitting units, thereby displaying an image. Thereby, the display device 1 can obtain a resolution finer than that of the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3.
  • the display device 1 writes four RGB display data to each of the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 to display an RGB image.
  • the light source unit 32 emits the outgoing light P11. Then, in the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3, among the light emitting portions L11, L12, L21, and L22, the light emitting portion L11 reflects the emitted light P11 to emit light PL11.
  • the light PL11 emitted from the light emitting part L11 of the backlight pattern BK1 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S1 and the red filter CFR11.
  • the red light RL11 by the display data R11 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding area of the red filter CFR11 and the light emitting portion L11).
  • the light PL11 emitted from the light emitting part L11 of the backlight pattern BK2 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S2 and the blue filter CFB11.
  • the blue light BL11 based on the display data B11 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S2 (corresponding region of the blue filter CFB11 and the light emitting unit L11).
  • the light PL11 emitted from the light emitting portion L11 of the backlight pattern BK3 is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3 and the green filter CFG12.
  • the green light GL12 based on the display data G12 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S3 (corresponding region of the green filter CFG12 and the light emitting unit L11).
  • the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1 is set to an opening degree corresponding to the display data G11
  • the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S2 is set to an opening degree corresponding to the display data R12
  • the liquid crystal shutter S3 Let the opening degree (permeability) be an opening degree corresponding to the display data B12.
  • the light source unit 32 emits the outgoing light P12.
  • the light emitting unit L12 reflects the emitted light P12 to emit the light PL12.
  • the light PL12 emitted from the light emitting portion L12 of the backlight pattern BK1 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S1 and the green filter CFG11.
  • the green light GL11 based on the display data G11 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding region of the green filter CFG11 and the light emitting unit L12).
  • the light PL12 emitted from the L12 of the backlight pattern BK2 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S2 and the red filter CFR12.
  • the red light RL12 based on the display data R12 is lit on a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding region of the red filter CFR12 and the light emitting unit L12).
  • the light PL12 emitted from the light emitting portion L12 of the backlight pattern BK3 is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3 and the blue filter CFB12.
  • the blue light BL12 based on the display data B12 is lit on a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S3 (corresponding region of the blue filter CFB12 and the light emitting unit L12).
  • the light source unit 34 emits the emitted light P21.
  • the light emitting portion L21 reflects the emitted light P21 to emit light PL21.
  • the light PL21 emitted from the light emitting portion L21 of the backlight pattern BK1 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S1 and the red filter CFR21.
  • the red light RL21 by the display data RL21 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding area of the red filter CFR21 and the light emitting unit L21).
  • the light PL21 emitted from the light emitting portion L21 of the backlight pattern BK2 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S2 and the blue filter CFB21.
  • the blue light BL21 based on the display data B21 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding region of the blue filter CFB21 and the light emitting unit L21).
  • the light PL21 emitted from the light emitting portion L21 of the backlight pattern BK3 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S3 and the green filter CFG22.
  • the green light GL22 by the display data G22 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S3 (corresponding region of the green filter CFG22 and the light emitting unit L21).
  • the light source unit 35 emits the outgoing light P22.
  • the light emitting unit L22 reflects the emitted light P22 to emit the light PL22.
  • the light PL21 emitted from the light emitting portion L22 of the backlight pattern BK1 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S1 and the green filter CFG21.
  • the green light GL21 based on the display data GL21 is lit on a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding region of the green filter CFG21 and the light emitting unit L22).
  • the light PL22 emitted from the light emitting portion L22 of the backlight pattern BK2 is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2 and the red filter CFR22.
  • the red light RL22 by the display data R22 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S2 (corresponding area of the red filter CFR22 and the light emitting portion L22).
  • the light PL22 emitted from the light emitting portion L22 of the backlight pattern BK3 is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3 and the blue filter CFB22.
  • the blue light BL22 by the display data B22 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S3 (corresponding region of the blue filter CFB22 and the light emitting unit L22).
  • a combination of the sequence of the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 and the lighting sequence of the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3 divided more finely than the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 Display sub-pixels that display data R11, G11, and B11, sub-pixels that display display data R12, G12, and B12, sub-pixels that display display data R21, G21, and B21, and display data R22, G22, and B22
  • the sub-pixels can be turned on spatially independently. That is, according to the display device 1, it is possible to display a display image with a resolution finer than that of the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3.
  • the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3 of the display device 1 include the light emitting portions L11, L12, L21, and L22 corresponding to the areas obtained by dividing the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 into four parts.
  • the resolution in the X direction and the Y direction can be improved as compared with S1 to S3.
  • the timing of causing the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22 to emit light is not limited to this, and the control unit 50 (see FIG. 1) so that any two or more of the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22 emit light simultaneously. ) May control each light emission. Since the light emitting sections L11, L12, L21, and L22 can independently control the light emission period, they can emit light at various timings according to the image to be displayed.
  • the light emission per unit is caused by simultaneously emitting two or more of the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22. The period during which the part is lit can be lengthened.
  • the number of light emitting units is N
  • a period in which one light emission pattern appears when displaying one frame image is T
  • only one of the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22 emits light.
  • the light emission period when the light emission is performed is T / N, but the light emission period when two or more light emission units among the light emission units L11, L12, L21, and L22 are caused to emit light simultaneously is longer than 2T / N.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating a modification of the prism structure included in the light guide plate of the display device 1 according to the first embodiment of the invention.
  • the heights t1 to t3 may be different from each other for the adjacent prisms. Thereby, the light from the light source parts 32 to 35 can be easily received by the light emitting parts L11, L12, L21, and L22.
  • 9A to 9C show the light emitting portion L22 in the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3, and the light emitting portion L22 is configured to protrude from the exit surface of the light guide plate 31 toward the back surface.
  • the display device 1 includes the backlight 30, the liquid crystal shutter S (liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3), and the color filter unit CF.
  • the backlight 30 includes a light guide plate 31 in which light emitting portions L11, L12, L21, and L22 that independently emit light in a dot shape are arranged in a matrix in the matrix direction.
  • the liquid crystal shutters S (liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3) control the transmission state of the light PL11, PL12, PL21, and PL22 emitted from the backlight 30, and are arranged in a matrix in the matrix direction.
  • the color filter unit CF includes red filters CFR11, CFR12, CFR21, and CFR22 that transmit red light, and green filters CFG11 that transmit green light, among the light transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S (liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3).
  • CFG12, CFG21, and CFG22 and blue filters CFB11, CFB12, CFB21, and CFB22 that transmit blue light are arranged in a matrix direction.
  • the liquid crystal shutters S cover the plurality of light emitting portions L11, L12, L21, and L22 in the row direction and the column direction, respectively.
  • the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22 can independently emit light PL11, PL12, PL21, and PL22, respectively.
  • the display device 1 can display an image having a higher resolution than the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 in the matrix direction. As a result, the miniaturization of the wiring and the like accompanying the miniaturization of the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 can be suppressed. As a result, it is possible to suppress a decrease in yield during manufacturing.
  • the color filter section CF covers the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3.
  • the red filters CFR11 and CFR21 and the green filters CFG11 and CFG21 cover the liquid crystal shutter S1
  • the red filters CFR21 and CFR22 cover the liquid crystal shutter S2
  • the green filters CFG12 and CFG22 and the blue filters CFB12 and CFB22 cover the liquid crystal shutter S3.
  • the light guide plate 31 supports the light emission surface 31a and the light emission surface 31a of the light emitted to the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3, and the first side portion 31c, the second side portion 31d, and the third side, which are different surfaces. Part 31e and fourth side part 31f.
  • the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22 are arranged adjacent to each other.
  • the light emitting unit L11 emits light by reflecting incident light from the first side portion 31c toward the liquid crystal shutter S
  • the light emitting unit L12 Light is emitted by reflecting incident light from the second side portion 31d toward the liquid crystal shutter S
  • the light emitting portion L21 emits light by reflecting incident light from the third side portion 31e toward the liquid crystal shutter S to emit light.
  • the part L22 emits light by reflecting the incident light from the fourth side part 31f toward the liquid crystal shutter S. In this manner, the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22 can emit light independently and at different timings.
  • Embodiment 2 The following describes Embodiment 2 of the present invention with reference to FIG. For convenience of explanation, members having the same functions as those described in the embodiment are given the same reference numerals, and descriptions thereof are omitted.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the display device 1 according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • 10A shows display data to be displayed on the sub-pixels
  • FIG. 10B shows the color filter CFA
  • FIG. 10C shows the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3
  • FIG. 10D shows the backlight patterns BK1 to BK1.
  • BK3 is shown
  • (d) is a diagram showing the display state.
  • the display device 1 according to the present embodiment includes a color filter unit CFA instead of the color filter unit CF described in the first embodiment. Note that the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 and the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3 included in the display device 1 according to the present embodiment are the same as those of the display device 1 described in the first embodiment.
  • the color filter CFA is not arranged so as to divide the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 into the respective regions so as to be aligned in the Y direction in each region of the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3, but only in the X direction.
  • the filter units are arranged so as to divide the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 into respective regions so as to be arranged.
  • a red filter CFR11A a green filter CFG11A, a blue filter CFB11A, a red filter CFR12A, a green filter CFG12A, a blue filter CFB12A
  • a black matrix BM is arranged around the red filter CFR11A, the green filter CFG11A, the blue filter CFB11A, the red filter CFR12A, the green filter CFG12A, the blue filter CFB12A,.
  • the length in the direction is substantially the same as half the length in the X direction of each of the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3.
  • the red filter CFR11A, the green filter CFG11A, the blue filter CFB11A, the red filter CFR12A, the green filter CFG12A, the blue filter CFB12A,... are connected and extended so as to overlap over the liquid crystal shutters arranged in the Y direction. It may be.
  • the light source unit 32 emits the outgoing light P11.
  • the light emitting unit L11 reflects the emitted light P11 to emit light PL11.
  • the light PL11 emitted from the light emitting portion L11 of the backlight pattern BK1 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S1 and the red filter CFR11A.
  • the red light RL11 based on the display data R11 is lit on a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding region of the light emitting unit L11).
  • the light PL11 emitted from the light emitting part L11 of the backlight pattern BK2 is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2 and the blue filter CFB11A.
  • the blue light BL11 based on the display data B11 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S2 (corresponding region of the light emitting unit L11).
  • the light PL11 emitted from the light emitting part L11 of the backlight pattern BK3 is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3 and the green filter CFG12A.
  • the green light GL12 based on the display data G12 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S3 (corresponding area of the light emitting unit L11).
  • the light source unit 33 emits the outgoing light P12.
  • the light emitting unit L12 reflects the emitted light P12 to emit the light PL12.
  • the light PL12 emitted from the light emitting portion L12 of the backlight pattern BK1 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S1 and the green filter CFG11A.
  • the green light GL11 based on the display data G11 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding area of the light emitting unit L12).
  • the light PL12 emitted from the light emitting part L12 of the backlight pattern BK2 is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2 and the red filter CFR12A.
  • the red light RL12 based on the display data R12 is lit on a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding region of the light emitting unit L12).
  • the light PL12 emitted from the light emitting portion L12 of the backlight pattern BK3 is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3 and the blue filter CFB12A.
  • the blue light BL12 based on the display data B12 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S3 (corresponding area of the light emitting unit L12).
  • the light source unit 34 emits the emitted light P21.
  • the light emitting portion L21 reflects the emitted light P21 to emit light PL21.
  • the light PL21 emitted from the light emitting portion L21 of the backlight pattern BK1 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S1 and the red filter CFR11A. Thereby, the red light RL21 by the display data RL21 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding area of the light emitting unit L21).
  • the light PL21 emitted from the light emitting portion L21 of the backlight pattern BK2 is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2 and the blue filter CFB11A.
  • the blue light BL21 based on the display data B21 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding area of the light emitting unit L21).
  • the light PL21 emitted from the backlight pattern BK3 21 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S3 and the green filter CFG12A.
  • the green light GL22 based on the display data G22 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S3 (corresponding region of the light emitting unit L21).
  • the light source unit 35 emits the outgoing light P22.
  • the light emitting unit L22 reflects the emitted light P22 to emit the light PL22.
  • the light PL21 emitted from the light emitting portion L22 of the backlight pattern BK1 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S1 and the green filter CFG11A. Thereby, the green light GL21 by the display data GL21 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding area of the light emitting unit L22).
  • the light PL22 emitted from the light emitting portion L22 of the backlight pattern BK2 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S2 and the red filter CFR12A.
  • the red light RL22 based on the display data R22 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S2 (corresponding area of the light emitting unit L22).
  • the light PL22 emitted from the light emitting portion L22 of the backlight pattern BK3 is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3 and the blue filter CFB12A.
  • the blue light BL22 by the display data B22 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S3 (corresponding area of the light emitting unit L22).
  • the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3 of the display device 1 include the light emitting portions L11, L12, L21, and L22 corresponding to the areas obtained by dividing the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 into four parts.
  • the resolution in the X direction and the Y direction can be improved as compared with S1 to S3.
  • the resolution in the X direction and the Y direction can be improved as compared with the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the display device 1 according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
  • 11A shows display data to be displayed on the sub-pixel
  • FIG. 11B shows the color filter portion CFB
  • FIG. 11C shows the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B
  • FIG. 11D shows the backlight pattern BK1B ⁇ .
  • BK3B is shown
  • (d) is a diagram showing the display state.
  • the display device 1 replaces the color filter unit CF, the liquid crystal shutter S, and the backlight pattern BK described in the first embodiment with a color filter unit CFB, a liquid crystal shutter SB, and a backlight pattern.
  • BKB is provided.
  • the backlight pattern BKB is arranged side by side in the matrix direction.
  • backlight patterns BKB that overlap with liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B described later may be referred to as backlight patterns BK1B, BK2B, and BK3B.
  • the backlight patterns BK1B, BK2B, and BK3B are sequentially arranged in the row direction.
  • the backlight pattern BKB includes a light emitting unit L1B and a light emitting unit L2B that emit light by reflecting light emitted from the light source unit in a direction (Z direction) in which the display panel 10 is disposed.
  • the light emitting unit L1B emits light PL1
  • the light emitting unit L2B emits light PL2.
  • Each light emitting part L1B and light emitting part L2B are dots of the minimum unit constituting an image displayed on the display device 1.
  • a region that overlaps one of the light emitting unit L1B and the light emitting unit L2B in the liquid crystal shutter S described later is a sub-pixel.
  • the liquid crystal shutters SB (S1B, S2B, S3B%) are arranged in a matrix in the XY direction.
  • the liquid crystal shutter SB differs from the liquid crystal shutter S in that the length in the Y direction is shorter than that of the liquid crystal shutter S (see (c) in FIG. 10).
  • Other configurations of the liquid crystal shutter SB are the same as those of the liquid crystal shutter S.
  • the color filter unit CFB is arranged in order in the X direction, and transmits a red filter that transmits red (R) color light, a green filter that transmits green (G) color light, and blue (B) color light.
  • Color filters composed of a blue filter that transmits light are arranged in a matrix in the XY directions.
  • a black matrix BM that blocks light is arranged around the red filter, the green filter, and the blue filter.
  • the color filter portion CFB is not arranged so that the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 are divided into each region so as to be aligned in the Y direction in each region of the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3, but only in the X direction.
  • the filter units are arranged so as to divide the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 into respective regions so as to be arranged.
  • a red filter CFR11B in the color filter portion CFB, a red filter CFR11B, a green filter CFG11B, a blue filter CFB11B, a red filter CFR12B, a green filter CFG12B, a blue filter CFB12B,.
  • a black matrix BM is arranged around the red filter CFR11B, the green filter CFG11B, the blue filter CFB11B, the red filter CFR12B, the green filter CFG12B, the blue filter CFB12B,.
  • the length of the red filter CFR11B, the green filter CFG11B, the blue filter CFB11B, the red filter CFR12B, the green filter CFG12B, the blue filter CFB12B,... is substantially the same as the length of the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B in the Y direction.
  • the length in the direction is substantially the same as half the length in the X direction of each of the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B.
  • the backlight pattern BK1B is arranged in the area of the liquid crystal shutter S1B and below the liquid crystal shutter S1B
  • the backlight pattern BK2B is arranged in the area of the liquid crystal shutter S2B and below the liquid crystal shutter S2B
  • the backlight pattern BK3B is arranged in the region of the liquid crystal shutter S3B and below the liquid crystal shutter S3B.
  • the red filter CFR11B is disposed so as to overlap with the light emitting portion L1B of the backlight pattern BK1B
  • the green filter CFG11B is disposed so as to overlap with the light emitting portion L2B of the backlight pattern BK1B.
  • the blue filter CFB11B is disposed so as to overlap with the light emitting portion L1B of the backlight pattern BK2B
  • the red filter CFR12B is disposed so as to overlap with the light emitting portion L2B of the backlight pattern BK2B.
  • the red filter CFR12B and the green filter CFG12B are disposed so as to overlap with the light emitting portion L1B of the backlight pattern BK3B, and the blue filter CFB12B is disposed so as to overlap with the light emitting portion L2B of the backlight pattern BK3B.
  • any one of the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B is replaced with a plurality of filter units, that is, a red filter CFR11B and a green filter CFG11B, a blue filter CFB11B and a red filter CFR12B, or a red filter CFR12B and a blue filter CFB12B. Therefore, a high-definition color image can be displayed.
  • the red filter CFR11B and the green filter CFG11B, or the blue filter CFB11B and the red filter CFR12B, or the red filter CFR12B and the blue filter CFB12B are all light emitting portions L1B and L2B covered by any one of the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B. It is provided for each unit. Thereby, a color image with high color reproducibility can be displayed.
  • the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1B is set as an opening degree corresponding to the display data R1, and the liquid crystal shutter S2B is set as an opening degree (transmittance) corresponding to the display data B1.
  • the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S3B is set as an opening degree (transmittance) corresponding to the display data G2. Further, among the light emitting portions L1B and L2B of the backlight patterns BK1B to BK3B, the light PL1 (see FIG. 13) is emitted by causing the light emitting portion L1B to emit light.
  • the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1B of the backlight pattern BK1B is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1B and the red filter CFR11B.
  • the red light RL1 based on the display data R1 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1B (corresponding region of the red filter CFR11B and the light emitting unit L1B).
  • the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1B of the backlight pattern BK2B is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2B and the blue filter CFB11B.
  • the blue light BL1 based on the display data B1 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S2B (corresponding region of the blue filter CFB11B and the light emitting portion L1B).
  • the light PL1B emitted from the light emitting portion L1B of the backlight pattern BK3B is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3B and the green filter CFG12B.
  • the green light GL2 by the display data G2 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S3B (corresponding area of the green filter CFG12B and the light emitting unit L1B).
  • the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1B corresponds to the display data G1.
  • the liquid crystal shutter S2B is the opening (transmittance) corresponding to the display data R2
  • the opening (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S3B is the opening (transmittance) corresponding to the display data B2.
  • the light PL2 is emitted by causing the light emitting portion L2B to emit light.
  • the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting portion L2B of the backlight pattern BK1B is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1B and the red filter CFG11B.
  • the green light GRL1 based on the display data G1 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1B (corresponding region of the green filter CFG11B and the light emitting unit L2B).
  • the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting portion L2B of the backlight pattern BK2B is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2B and the red filter CFR12B.
  • the red light RL2 based on the display data R2 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S2B (corresponding region of the red filter CFR12B and the light emitting unit L2B).
  • the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting portion L2B of the backlight pattern BK3B is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3B and the blue filter CFB12B.
  • the blue light BL2 based on the display data B2 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S3B (corresponding region of the blue filter CFB12B and the light emitting unit L2B).
  • the resolution of the liquid crystal shutter S can be further increased only in the horizontal direction between the vertical direction and the horizontal direction.
  • FIG. 12 is a plan view illustrating the configuration of the backlight 30B included in the display device 1 according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention, and (a) is a plan view illustrating the configuration of the backlight 30B according to the first example.
  • (B) is a top view showing the structure of the backlight 30B which concerns on a 2nd example
  • (c) is a top view showing the structure of the backlight 30B which concerns on a 3rd example.
  • FIG. 13 is a perspective view of the backlight patterns BK1B to BK3B according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention, (a) is a perspective view of the backlight patterns BK1B to BK3B according to the first example, and (b) is a perspective view thereof.
  • FIG. 7 is a perspective view of backlight patterns BK1B to BK3B according to a second example, and FIG. 10C is a perspective view of backlight patterns BK1B to BK3B according to a third example.
  • the backlight 30 ⁇ / b> B illustrated in the first example includes a light guide plate 31 ⁇ / b> B and light source units 33 and 34.
  • the light guide plate 31B has a square shape or a rectangular shape.
  • backlight patterns BK1B, BK2B, BK3B,... (BKB), which are prisms having a shape protruding from the bottom surface, are arranged in a matrix in the XY direction.
  • L1B and L2B are provided.
  • the light guide plate 31B includes a first side part 31Bc, a second side part 31Bd, a third side part 31Be, and a fourth side part 31Bf that support both main surfaces.
  • the first side portion 31Bc and the fourth side portion 31Bf are arranged to face each other in the X direction via both main surfaces.
  • the second side portion 31Bd and the third side portion 31Be are disposed to face each other in the Y direction via both main surfaces.
  • the light source unit 33 is disposed along the second side portion 31Bd of the light guide plate 31B so as to face the second side portion 31Bd.
  • the light source 34 is disposed along the third side 31Be of the light guide plate 31B so as to face the third side 31Be.
  • the light source unit 33 and the light source unit 34 are arranged to face each other in the Y direction via the light guide plate 31B.
  • the light emitting portion L1B is emitted from the light source portion 34 and is emitted into the light guide plate 31B from the third side portion 31Be of the light guide plate 31B. Is reflected as light PL1 in the direction toward the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B and the color filter portion CFB, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting portion L1B includes a reflective surface L1Ba that is inclined so as to become thinner as it approaches the third side portion 31Be of the light guide plate 31B that is the incident surface of the emitted light P1.
  • the light emitting unit L1B reflects the emitted light P1 as light PL1 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L1Ba.
  • the light emitting unit L2B outputs the emitted light P2 emitted from the light source unit 33 and incident on the light guide plate 31B from the second side portion 31Bd of the light guide plate 31B, and the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B and the color filter unit.
  • the light is reflected as light PL2 in the direction toward the CFB, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting portion L2B includes a reflective surface L2Ba that is inclined so as to become thinner as it approaches the second side portion 31Bd of the light guide plate 31B that is the incident surface of the emitted light P2.
  • the light emitting unit L1B reflects the emitted light P2 as light PL2 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L2Ba.
  • the light emitting portion L1B emits the light PL1
  • the light emitting portion L2B emits the light PL2.
  • the backlight 30 ⁇ / b> B illustrated in the second example includes a light guide plate 31 ⁇ / b> B and light source units 34 and 35.
  • the light guide plate 31B has a square shape or a rectangular shape.
  • backlight patterns BK1B, BK2B, BK3B,... (BKB), which are prisms having a shape protruding from the bottom surface, are arranged in a matrix in the XY direction.
  • Each of the backlight patterns BK1, BK2, BK3,... Emits light by reflecting the emitted lights P2 and P1 from the two light source units 33 and 35 in the direction in which the display panel 10 is arranged.
  • L1B and L2B are provided.
  • the light source unit 34 is disposed along the third side portion 31Be of the light guide plate 31B so as to face the third side portion 31Be.
  • the light source part 35 is disposed along the fourth side part 31Bf of the light guide plate 31B so as to face the fourth side part 31Bf.
  • the light source unit 34 and the light source unit 35 are adjacent to each other and are arranged so that their extending directions intersect each other vertically. That is, the extending direction of the light source unit 34 is the X direction, and the extending direction of the light source unit 35 is the Y direction.
  • the light emitting part L1B is emitted from the light source part 34 and emitted from the third side part 31Be of the light guide plate 31B into the light guide plate 31B. Is reflected as light PL1 in the direction toward the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B and the color filter portion CFB, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting portion L1B includes a reflective surface L1Ba that is inclined so as to become thinner as it approaches the third side portion 31Be of the light guide plate 31B that is the incident surface of the emitted light P1.
  • the light emitting unit L1B reflects the emitted light P1 as light PL1 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L1Ba.
  • the light emitting unit L2B outputs the emitted light P2 emitted from the light source unit 35 and incident on the light guide plate 31B from the fourth side portion 31Bf of the light guide plate 31B, and the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B and the color filter unit.
  • the light is reflected as light PL2 in the direction toward the CFB, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting portion L2B includes a reflective surface L2Ba that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the fourth side portion 31Bf of the light guide plate 31B that is the incident surface of the emitted light P2.
  • the light emitting unit L2B reflects the emitted light P2 as light PL2 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L2Ba.
  • the light emitting portion L1B emits the light PL1
  • the light emitting portion L2B emits the light PL2.
  • the backlight 30 ⁇ / b> B shown in the third example includes a light guide plate 31 ⁇ / b> B and light source units 32 and 35.
  • the light guide plate 31B has a square shape or a rectangular shape.
  • backlight patterns BK1B, BK2B, BK3B,... (BKB), which are prisms having a shape protruding from the bottom surface, are arranged in a matrix in the XY direction.
  • L1B and L2B are provided.
  • the light source part 32 is disposed along the first side part 31Bc of the light guide plate 31B so as to face the first side part 31Bc.
  • the light source part 35 is disposed along the fourth side part 31Bf of the light guide plate 31B so as to face the fourth side part 31Bf.
  • the light source unit 32 and the light source unit 35 are arranged opposite to each other in the X direction via the light guide plate 31B.
  • the light emitting portion L1B is emitted from the light source portion 32 and emitted from the first side portion 31Bc of the light guide plate 31B into the light guide plate 31B. Is reflected as light PL1 in the direction toward the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B and the color filter portion CFB, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting portion L1B includes a reflective surface L1Ba that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the first side portion 31Bc of the light guide plate 31B that is the incident surface of the emitted light P1.
  • the light emitting unit L1B reflects the emitted light P1 as light PL1 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L1Ba.
  • the light emitting unit L2B outputs the emitted light P2 emitted from the light source unit 35 and incident on the light guide plate 31B from the fourth side portion 31Bf of the light guide plate 31B, and the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B and the color filter unit.
  • the light is reflected as light PL2 in the direction toward the CFB, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting portion L2B includes a reflective surface L2Ba that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the fourth side portion 31Bf of the light guide plate 31B that is the incident surface of the emitted light P2.
  • the light emitting unit L2B reflects the emitted light P2 as light PL2 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L2Ba.
  • the light emitting unit L1B emits the light PL1
  • the light emitting unit L2B emits the light PL2. That is, the light emission periods of the light emitting units L1B and L2B in the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3 are independently controlled by the control unit 50 (see FIG. 1).
  • Embodiment 4 The following describes Embodiment 4 of the present invention with reference to FIGS.
  • members having the same functions as those described in the first to third embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the display device 1 according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • 14A shows display data to be displayed on the sub-pixels
  • FIG. 14B shows the color filter CFC
  • FIG. 14C shows the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C
  • FIG. 14D shows the backlight pattern BKC.
  • (D) is a figure showing a display state.
  • the display device 1 replaces the color filter unit CF, the liquid crystal shutter S, and the backlight pattern BK described in the first embodiment with a color filter unit CFC, a liquid crystal shutter SC, and a backlight pattern.
  • BKC is provided.
  • the backlight pattern BKC is arranged side by side in the matrix direction.
  • the backlight pattern BKC overlaps with an area composed of liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3C described later.
  • the backlight pattern BKC is divided into two in the Y direction.
  • the backlight pattern BKC includes a light emitting unit L1C and a light emitting unit L2C that emit light by reflecting light emitted from the light source unit in a direction (Z direction) in which the display panel 10 is disposed.
  • the light emitting unit L1C emits light PL1, and the light emitting unit L2C emits light PL2.
  • the light emitting portion L1C is an upper half area of the backlight pattern BKC shown in FIG. 14D, and the light emitting portion L2C is the back portion of the backlight pattern BKC shown in FIG. 14D. It is a half area.
  • the light emitting units L1C and the light emitting units L2C are disposed across the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C, which will be described later, and the filter units in the color filter unit CFC.
  • Each of the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C and each of the filter units in the color filter unit CFC overlap each other and have substantially the same area. That is, in the present embodiment, each filter unit in the color filter unit CFC is provided for each liquid crystal shutter S1C to S3C.
  • a region in which each light emitting unit L1C, the light emitting unit L2C, and the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C or each filter unit in the color filter unit CFC are overlapped and divided is a sub pixel. .
  • the liquid crystal shutters SC (S1C, S2C, S3C%) are arranged in a matrix in the matrix direction.
  • the liquid crystal shutter SC has the same configuration as the liquid crystal shutter S (see FIG. 8C).
  • the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C are arranged such that any one of a filter from red that transmits red light, a green color filter that transmits green light, and a blue color filter that transmits blue light is disposed. Corresponding to the pixel, it is the minimum unit dot constituting the display image. However, in the present embodiment, when displaying an image, each of the liquid crystal shutters S1C, S2C, S3C is further divided in the Y direction by the light emitting units L1C, L2C, which are a plurality of display areas. S1C, S2C, and S3C are not the minimum unit dots constituting the display image.
  • the color filter unit CFC sequentially arranges the red filter that transmits red (R) color light, the green filter that transmits green (G) light, and the blue (B) color light.
  • Color filters composed of a blue filter that transmits light are arranged in a matrix in the XY directions.
  • a black matrix BM (see FIG. 4) that blocks light is disposed around the red filter, the green filter, and the blue filter.
  • a red filter CFRC In the color filter unit CFC, a red filter CFRC, a green filter CFGC, and a blue filter CFBC are arranged in order in the X direction.
  • a black matrix BM is arranged around the red filter CFRC, the green filter CFGC, and the blue filter CFBC.
  • the lengths of the red filter CFRC, the green filter CFGC, and the blue filter CFBC in the XY direction are substantially the same as the lengths of the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C in the XY direction.
  • the backlight pattern BKC is disposed below the liquid crystal shutter SC, and the color filter portion CFC is disposed above the liquid crystal shutter SC.
  • the light emitting portions L1C and L2C covered by any one of the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C are other liquid crystals adjacent to any one of the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C (for example, the liquid crystal shutter S2C). It extends across the shutter (for example, the liquid crystal shutter S1C or the liquid crystal shutter S3C).
  • the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C turn on the respective partial areas at the same timing when the light emitting unit L1C emits light, and the other partial areas at the same timing when the light emitting unit L2C emits light. Can be turned on.
  • the backlight can be easily manufactured. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in yield due to high definition of the light emitting portion provided in the backlight pattern.
  • the light emitting units L1C and L2C operate not only when the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C are operated, but also when the display device is operated so that some areas of the liquid crystal shutters arranged in the same direction in the XY directions are lit at the same timing.
  • a configuration may be employed in which the liquid crystal shutters arranged in the same direction are integrally connected and extended so as to overlap with a part of the region. That is, when the display device 1F is operated so that a part of the liquid crystal shutters arranged in the same direction in the XY directions is lit at the same timing from one end to the other end of the display unit, the light emitting unit L1C , L2C may be extended from one end of the display unit to the other end.
  • the red filter CFRC, the green filter CFGC, and the blue filter CFBC extend over the light emitting portions L1C and L2C covered by the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C. Thereby, the yield fall accompanying high definition of the said filter part can be suppressed.
  • the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1C is set to an opening degree corresponding to the display data R1, and the liquid crystal shutter S2C is set to an opening degree (transmittance) corresponding to the display data G1.
  • the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S3C is set as an opening degree (transmittance) corresponding to the display data B1.
  • light PL1 (refer FIG. 16) is radiate
  • the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1C and the red filter CFRC.
  • the red light RL1 based on the display data R1 is turned on in a region where the liquid crystal shutter S1C, the red filter CFRC, and the light emitting unit L1C overlap, which is a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1C.
  • the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2C and the green filter CFGC.
  • the green light GL1 based on the display data B1 is turned on in a region where the liquid crystal shutter S2C, the green filter CFGC, and the light emitting unit L1C overlap, which is a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S2C.
  • the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3C and the blue filter CFBC.
  • the blue light BL1 based on the display data B1 is turned on in a region where the liquid crystal shutter S3C, the blue filter CFBC, and the light emitting unit L1C overlap, which is a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S3C.
  • the opening degree (transmissivity) of the liquid crystal shutter S1C corresponds to the display data R2.
  • the liquid crystal shutter S2C is set as an opening (transmittance) corresponding to the display data G2, and the opening (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S3C is set as an opening (transmittance) corresponding to the display data B2.
  • light PL2 (refer FIG. 16) is radiate
  • the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting portion L2C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1C and the red filter CFRC.
  • the red light RL2 based on the display data R2 is turned on in a region where the liquid crystal shutter S1C, the red filter CFRC, and the light emitting unit L2C overlap, which is a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1C.
  • the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting part L2C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2C and the green filter CFGC.
  • the red light GL2 based on the display data G2 is lit in a region where the liquid crystal shutter S2C, the green filter CFGC, and the light emitting unit L2C overlap, which is a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S2C.
  • the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting part L2C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3C and the blue filter CFBC.
  • the blue light BL2 based on the display data B2 is turned on in a region where the liquid crystal shutter S3C, the blue filter CFBC, and the light emitting unit L2C overlap, which is a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S3C.
  • the resolution of the liquid crystal shutter SC can be further increased only in the vertical direction between the vertical direction and the horizontal direction.
  • FIG. 15 is a plan view illustrating a configuration of a backlight 30C included in the display device 1 according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention, and (a) is a plan view illustrating a configuration of the backlight 30C according to the first example.
  • (B) is a top view showing the structure of the backlight 30C which concerns on a 2nd example
  • (c) is a top view showing the structure of the backlight 30C which concerns on a 3rd example.
  • FIG. 16 is a perspective view of a backlight pattern BKC according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention, (a) is a perspective view of the backlight pattern BKC according to the first example, and (b) is a second example.
  • FIG. 7C is a perspective view of a backlight pattern BKC according to the third example
  • FIG. 9C is a perspective view of a backlight pattern BKC according to a third example.
  • the backlight 30 ⁇ / b> C shown in the first example includes a light guide plate 31 ⁇ / b> C and light source units 33 and 34.
  • the light guide plate 31C has a square shape or a rectangular shape.
  • backlight patterns BKC which are prisms protruding from the bottom surface, are arranged in a matrix on the bottom surface in the XY direction.
  • Each backlight pattern BKC includes light emitting portions L1C and L2C that emit light by reflecting the emitted lights P1 and P2 from the two light source portions 33 and 34, respectively, in the direction in which the display panel 10 is disposed. .
  • the light guide plate 31C includes a first side part 31Cc, a second side part 31Cd, a third side part 31Ce, and a fourth side part 31Cf that support both main surfaces.
  • the first side portion 31Cc and the fourth side portion 31Cf are arranged to face each other in the X direction via both main surfaces.
  • the second side portion 31Cd and the third side portion 31Ce are arranged to face each other in the Y direction via both main surfaces.
  • the light source unit 33 is disposed along the second side portion 31Cd of the light guide plate 31C so as to face the second side portion 31Cd.
  • the light source 34 is disposed along the third side 31Ce of the light guide plate 31C so as to face the third side 31Ce.
  • the light source unit 33 and the light source unit 34 are arranged to face each other in the Y direction via the light guide plate 31C.
  • the light emitting unit L1C emits the emitted light P1 emitted from the light source unit 33 and incident on the light guide plate 31C from the second side portion 31Cd of the light guide plate 31C. It is shaped to reflect light PL1 in the direction toward the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C and the color filter CFC, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting portion L1C includes a reflective surface L1Ca that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the second side portion 31Cd of the light guide plate 31C that is the incident surface of the emitted light P1.
  • the light emitting unit L1C reflects the emitted light P1 as light PL1 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L1Ca.
  • the light emitting unit L2C outputs the emitted light P2 emitted from the light source unit 34 and incident on the light guide plate 31C from the third side portion 31Ce of the light guide plate 31C to the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C and the color filter unit CFC. It is shaped to reflect as light PL2 in the direction toward it, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting portion L2C includes a reflective surface L2Ca that is inclined so as to become thinner as it approaches the third side portion 31Ce of the light guide plate 31C that is the incident surface of the emitted light P2.
  • the light emitting unit L1C reflects the emitted light P2 as light PL2 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L2Ca.
  • the light emitting portion L1C emits the light PL1
  • the light emitting portion L2C emits the light PL2.
  • the backlight 30 ⁇ / b> C illustrated in the second example includes a light guide plate 31 ⁇ / b> C and light source units 32 and 35.
  • the light guide plate 31C has a square shape or a rectangular shape.
  • backlight patterns BKC which are prisms protruding from the bottom surface, are arranged in a matrix on the bottom surface in the XY direction.
  • Each backlight pattern BKC includes light emitting portions L1C and L2C that emit light by reflecting the emitted lights P1 and P2 from the two light source portions 32 and 35, respectively, in the direction in which the display panel 10 is disposed. .
  • the light source unit 32 is disposed along the first side portion 31Cc of the light guide plate 31C so as to face the first side portion 31Cc.
  • the light source part 35 is disposed along the fourth side part 31Cf of the light guide plate 31C so as to face the fourth side part 31Cf.
  • the light source unit 32 and the light source unit 35 are arranged opposite to each other in the X direction via the light guide plate 31C.
  • the light emitting portion L1C emits the emitted light P1 emitted from the light source portion 32 and incident on the light guide plate 31C from the first side portion 31Cc of the light guide plate 31C. It is shaped to reflect light PL1 in the direction toward the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C and the color filter CFC, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting portion L1C includes a reflective surface L1Ca that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the first side portion 31Cc of the light guide plate 31C that is the incident surface of the emitted light P1.
  • the light emitting unit L1C reflects the emitted light P1 as light PL1 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L1Ca.
  • the light emitting unit L2C outputs the emitted light P2 emitted from the light source unit 35 and incident on the light guide plate 31C from the fourth side portion 31Cf of the light guide plate 31C to the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C and the color filter unit CFC. It is shaped to reflect as light PL2 in the direction toward it, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting portion L2C includes a reflective surface L2Ca that is inclined so as to become thinner as it approaches the fourth side portion 31Cf of the light guide plate 31C that is the incident surface of the emitted light P2.
  • the light emitting unit L2C reflects the emitted light P2 as light PL2 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L2Ca.
  • the light emitting portion L1C emits the light PL1
  • the light emitting portion L2C emits the light PL2.
  • the backlight 30 ⁇ / b> C shown in the third example includes a light guide plate 31 ⁇ / b> C and light source units 32 and 34.
  • the light guide plate 31C has a square shape or a rectangular shape.
  • backlight patterns BKC which are prisms protruding from the bottom surface, are arranged in a matrix on the bottom surface in the XY direction.
  • Each backlight pattern BKC includes light emitting portions L1C and L2C that emit light by reflecting the emitted lights P1 and P2 from the two light source portions 32 and 34, respectively, in the direction in which the display panel 10 is disposed. .
  • the light source unit 32 is disposed along the first side portion 31Cc of the light guide plate 31C so as to face the first side portion 31Cc.
  • the light source 34 is disposed along the third side 31Ce of the light guide plate 31C so as to face the third side 31Ce.
  • the light source unit 32 and the light source unit 34 are adjacent to each other and are arranged so that their extending directions intersect each other vertically. That is, the extending direction of the light source unit 32 is the Y direction, and the extending direction of the light source unit 34 is the X direction.
  • the light emitting portion L1C emits the emitted light P1 emitted from the light source portion 32 and incident on the light guide plate 31C from the first side portion 31Cc of the light guide plate 31C. It is shaped to reflect light PL1 in the direction toward the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C and the color filter CFC, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting portion L1C includes a reflective surface L1Ca that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the first side portion 31Cc of the light guide plate 31C that is the incident surface of the emitted light P1.
  • the light emitting unit L1C reflects the emitted light P1 as light PL1 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L1Ca.
  • the light emitting unit L2C outputs the emitted light P2 emitted from the light source unit 34 and incident on the light guide plate 31C from the third side portion 31Ce of the light guide plate 31C to the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C and the color filter unit CFC. It is shaped to reflect as light PL2 in the direction toward it, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting portion L2C includes a reflective surface L2Ca that is inclined so as to become thinner as it approaches the third side portion 31Ce of the light guide plate 31C that is the incident surface of the emitted light P2.
  • the light emitting unit L2C reflects the emitted light P2 as light PL2 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L2Ca.
  • the light emitting portion L1C emits the light PL1
  • the light emitting portion L2C emits the light PL2.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the display device 1 according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
  • 17A shows display data to be displayed on the sub-pixel
  • FIG. 17B shows the color filter CFD
  • FIG. 17C shows the liquid crystal shutters S1D to S3D
  • FIG. 17D shows the backlight pattern BKD.
  • (D) is a figure showing a display state.
  • the display device 1 replaces the color filter unit CFC, the liquid crystal shutter SC, and the backlight pattern BKC in the display device 1 described in the fourth embodiment, and the color filter unit CFD and the liquid crystal shutter SD. And a backlight pattern BKD.
  • the color filter unit CFD and the liquid crystal shutter SD are the same as the color filter unit CFC and the liquid crystal shutter SC, respectively.
  • the backlight pattern BKD differs from the backlight pattern BKC in that it is divided into three in the Y direction.
  • the backlight pattern BKD is arranged side by side in the matrix direction.
  • the backlight pattern BKD includes light emitting units L1D to L3D that emit light by reflecting light emitted from the light source unit in a direction (Z direction) in which the display panel 10 is disposed.
  • the light emitting unit L1D emits light PL1
  • the light emitting unit L2D emits light PL2
  • the light emitting unit L3D emits light PL3.
  • the light emitting portions L1D to L3D are regions arranged in order in the Y direction in the backlight pattern BKD.
  • the light emitting portions L1D to L3D covered by any one of the liquid crystal shutters S1D to S3D are other liquid crystals adjacent to any one of the liquid crystal shutters S1D to S3D (for example, the liquid crystal shutter S2D). It extends over the shutter (for example, the liquid crystal shutter S1D or the liquid crystal shutter S3D).
  • the liquid crystal shutters S1D to S3D turn on the area corresponding to the light emitting part L1D at the same timing when the light emitting part L1D emits light, and the area corresponding to the light emitting part L2D when the light emitting part L2D emits light at the same timing.
  • the region corresponding to the light emitting unit L3D can be turned on at the same timing.
  • the structure of the light emitting unit is simplified and the manufacture of the backlight is facilitated as compared with the case where the light emitting unit is divided for each of the liquid crystal shutters S1D to S3D. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in yield due to high definition of the light emitting portion provided in the backlight pattern.
  • at least one of the light emitting portions L1D to L3D may be configured to extend across the plurality of liquid crystal shutters S1D to S3D.
  • the red filter CFRD, the green filter CFGD, and the blue filter CFBD extend over the light emitting portions L1D to L3D covered by the liquid crystal shutters S1D to S3D. Thereby, the yield fall accompanying high definition of a filter part can be suppressed.
  • at least one of the red filter CFRD, the green filter CFGD, and the blue filter CFBD may be configured to extend across at least a plurality of the light emitting portions L1D to L3D.
  • the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1D corresponds to the display data R3.
  • the liquid crystal shutter S2D is the opening (transmittance) corresponding to the display data G3, and the opening (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S3D is the opening (transmittance) corresponding to the display data B3.
  • the light PL3 (see FIG. 16) is emitted by causing the light emitting portion L3D to emit light.
  • the light PL3 emitted from the light emitting portion L3D of the backlight pattern BKD is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1D and the red filter CFRD.
  • the red light RL3 based on the display data R3 is turned on in a region where the liquid crystal shutter S1D, the red filter CFRD, and the light emitting unit L3DC overlap, which is a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1D.
  • the light PL3 emitted from the light emitting portion L2D of the backlight pattern BKD is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2D and the green filter CFGD.
  • the red light GL3 based on the display data G3 is turned on in an area where the liquid crystal shutter S2D, the green filter CFGD, and the light emitting unit L3D overlap, which is a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S2D.
  • the light PL3 emitted from the light emitting portion L3D of the backlight pattern BKD is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3D and the blue filter CFBD.
  • the blue light BL3 based on the display data B3 is turned on in a region where the liquid crystal shutter S3D, the blue filter CFBD, and the light emitting unit L3D overlap, which is a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S3D.
  • the resolution of the liquid crystal shutter SD is changed only in the vertical direction between the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. Can be raised more.
  • FIG. 18 is a plan view illustrating a configuration of a backlight 30D included in the display device 1 according to Embodiment 5 of the invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a perspective view of a backlight pattern BKD according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
  • the backlight 30Dc includes a light guide plate 31D and light source sections 32, 34, and 35.
  • the light guide plate 31D has a square shape or a rectangular shape.
  • backlight patterns BKD which are prisms having a shape protruding from the bottom surface, are arranged in a matrix on the bottom surface in the XY direction.
  • Each backlight pattern BKD emits light by emitting light P1, P3, and P2 emitted from the three light sources 32, 34, and 35 in the direction in which the display panel 10 is disposed, respectively. It has.
  • the light guide plate 31D includes a first side part 31Dc, a second side part 31Dd, a third side part 31De, and a fourth side part 31Df that support both main surfaces.
  • the first side portion 31Dc and the fourth side portion 31Df are arranged to face each other in the X direction via both main surfaces.
  • the second side portion 31Dd and the third side portion 31De are disposed to face each other in the Y direction via both main surfaces.
  • the light source unit 32 is disposed along the first side portion 31Dc of the light guide plate 31D so as to face the first side portion 31Dc.
  • the light source unit 34 is arranged along the third side portion 31De of the light guide plate 31D so as to face the third side portion 31De.
  • the light source part 35 is disposed along the fourth side part 31Df of the light guide plate 31D so as to face the fourth side part 31Df.
  • the light source unit 32 and the light source unit 35 are arranged to face each other in the X direction via the light guide plate 31D.
  • the light source unit 32, the light source unit 35, and the light source unit 34 are adjacent to each other and are arranged so that their extending directions intersect each other vertically. That is, the extending direction of the light source unit 32 and the light source unit 35 is the Y direction, and the extending direction of the light source unit 34 is the X direction.
  • the light emitting portion L1D emits the emitted light P1 emitted from the light source portion 32 and incident on the light guide plate 31D from the first side portion 31Dc of the light guide plate 31D.
  • the shape is reflected as light PL1 in the direction toward S3D and the color filter portion CFD, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting portion L1D includes a reflective surface L1Da that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the first side portion 31Dc of the light guide plate 31D that is the incident surface of the emitted light P1.
  • the light emitting unit L1D reflects the emitted light P1 as light PL1 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L1Da.
  • the light emitting unit L2D outputs the emitted light P2 emitted from the light source unit 35 and incident on the light guide plate 31D from the fourth side portion 31Df of the light guide plate 31D to the liquid crystal shutters S1D to S3D and the color filter unit CFD. It is shaped to reflect as light PL2 in the direction toward it, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting portion L2D includes a reflective surface L2Da that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the fourth side portion 31Df of the light guide plate 31D that is the incident surface of the emitted light P2.
  • the light emitting unit L2D reflects the emitted light P2 as light PL2 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L2Da.
  • the light emitting unit L3D outputs the outgoing light P3 emitted from the light source unit 34 and incident on the light guide plate 31D from the third side portion 31De of the light guide plate 31D to the liquid crystal shutters S1D to S3D and the color filter unit CFD. It is shaped to reflect as light PL3 in the direction toward it, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting portion L3D includes a reflective surface L3Da that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the third side portion 31De of the light guide plate 31D that is the incident surface of the emitted light P3.
  • the light emitting unit L3D reflects the emitted light P3 as light PL3 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L3Da.
  • the light emitting portion L1D emits light PL1
  • the light emitting portion L2C emits light PL2
  • the light emitting portion L3C emits light PL3.
  • FIG. 20 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the display device 1 according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention.
  • 20A shows display data to be displayed on the sub-pixels
  • FIG. 20B shows the color filter CFE
  • FIG. 20C shows the liquid crystal shutter SE
  • FIG. 20D shows the backlight patterns BK1E and BK2E.
  • (D) is a figure showing a display state.
  • the color filter may be 4 colors or more instead of 3 colors.
  • the display device 1 replaces the color filter unit CF, the liquid crystal shutter S, and the backlight pattern BK described in the first embodiment with a color filter unit CFE, a liquid crystal shutter SE, and a backlight pattern. BKE is provided.
  • the backlight pattern BKE is arranged side by side in the matrix direction.
  • backlight patterns BKE backlight patterns BKE that overlap with liquid crystal shutters S1E and S2E, which will be described later, may be referred to as backlight patterns BK1E and BK2E.
  • the backlight patterns BK1E and BK2E are arranged side by side in the row direction.
  • Each of the backlight patterns BKE is divided into four in the X direction.
  • Each backlight pattern BKE includes light emitting units L1E to L4E that emit light by reflecting light emitted from the light source unit in a direction (Z direction) in which the display panel 10 is disposed.
  • the light emitting unit L1E emits light PL1, the light emitting unit L2E emits light PL2, the light emitting unit L3E emits light PL3, and the light emitting unit L4E emits light PL4.
  • the light emitting portions L1E to L4E are arranged in order in the X direction.
  • Each light emitting unit L1E to L4E is a dot of the minimum unit constituting an image displayed on the display device 1.
  • a region that overlaps each of the light emitting portions L1E to L4E among liquid crystal shutters S1E and S2E described later is a sub-pixel.
  • the liquid crystal shutters SE (S1E, S2E%) are arranged in a matrix in the XY direction.
  • the liquid crystal shutter SE has a shape that is long enough to include four color filter portions in the X direction.
  • the color filter unit CFE is arranged in the X direction in order, a red filter that transmits red (R) light, a green filter that transmits green (G) light, a blue filter that transmits blue (B) light, and yellow ( Y) including a yellow filter that transmits colored light, and is arranged in a matrix in the XY direction.
  • a black matrix BM (see FIG. 4) that blocks light is arranged around the red filter, the green filter, the blue filter, and the yellow filter.
  • the color filter unit CFE includes a red filter CFR1E, a green filter CFG1E, a blue filter CFB1E, a yellow filter CFY1E, a red filter CFR2E, a green filter CFG2E, a blue filter CFB2E, a yellow filter CCY2E,.
  • a BM (see FIG. 4) is arranged.
  • the length in the X direction is substantially the same as the length obtained by dividing the length in the X direction of each of the liquid crystal shutters S1E and S2E into four equal parts.
  • the backlight pattern BK1E is arranged in the area of the liquid crystal shutter S1E and below the liquid crystal shutter S1E, and the backlight pattern BK2E is arranged in the area of the liquid crystal shutter S2E and below the liquid crystal shutter S2E. Has been.
  • the red filter CFR1E is arranged so as to overlap the light emitting part L1E of the backlight pattern BK1E
  • the green filter CFG1E is arranged so as to overlap with the light emitting part L2E of the backlight pattern BK1E
  • the blue filter CFB1E Are arranged so as to overlap the light emitting part L3E of the backlight pattern BK1E
  • the yellow filter CFY1E is arranged so as to overlap the light emitting part L4E of the backlight pattern BK1E.
  • the red filter CFR2E is disposed so as to overlap the light emitting portion L1E of the backlight pattern BK2E
  • the green filter CFG2E is disposed so as to overlap with the light emitting portion L2E of the backlight pattern BK2E
  • the blue filter CFB2E Is disposed so as to overlap the light emitting portion L3E of the backlight pattern BK2E
  • the yellow filter CFY2E is disposed so as to overlap the light emitting portion L4E of the backlight pattern BK2E.
  • the red filter CFR1E, the green filter CFG1E, the blue filter CFB1E, and the yellow filter CFY1E which are a plurality of filter units that cover one liquid crystal shutter S1E, are provided for every light emitting unit L1E to L1E unit covered by the liquid crystal shutter S1E. Is provided. Further, a plurality of filter parts covering one liquid crystal shutter S2E, that is, a red filter CFR2E, a green filter CFG2E, a blue filter CFB2E, and a yellow filter CFY2E, are provided for every light emitting part L1E to L4E covered by the liquid crystal shutter S2E. ing. Thereby, a color image with high color reproducibility can be displayed.
  • the color filter unit CFE is a plurality of filter units that cover the liquid crystal shutter S1E, that is, a plurality of filter units that cover the red color filter CFR1E, the green color filter CFG1E, the blue color filter CFB1E, the yellow color filter CTY1E, and the liquid crystal shutter S2E.
  • the red filter CFR2E the green filter CFG2E, the blue filter CFB2E, and the yellow filter CFY2E
  • the yellow filters CFY1E and CFY2E may be omitted.
  • the color filter unit CFE functions as a color filter that transmits white (W) in addition to red, green, and blue.
  • the filter unit when the filter unit is not formed in any one of the filter unit forming regions included in the color filter unit CFE, the red filter CFR1E, the green filter CFG1E, and the blue filter CFB1E, which are a plurality of filter units covering one liquid crystal shutter S1E.
  • the red filter CFR1E, the green filter CFG1E, and the blue filter CFB1E which are a plurality of filter units covering one liquid crystal shutter S1E.
  • a plurality of filter units covering one liquid crystal shutter S2E that is, a red filter CFR2E, a green filter CFG2E, and a blue filter CFB2E, are light emitting units that are at least a part of all the light emitting units L1E to L4E covered by the liquid crystal shutter S2E. It can be expressed as being provided for each unit of L1E to L3E. Thereby, a color image with high color reproducibility and high luminance can be displayed.
  • the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1E is set to an opening degree corresponding to the display data R1
  • the liquid crystal shutter S2E is set to an opening degree (transmittance) corresponding to the display data R2.
  • the light PL1 is emitted by causing the light emitting portion L1E to emit light.
  • the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1E of the backlight pattern BK1E is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1E and the red filter CFR1E.
  • the red light RL1 based on the display data R1 is lit on a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1E (corresponding region of the red filter CFR1E and the light emitting unit L1E).
  • the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1E of the backlight pattern BK2E is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2E and the red filter CFR2E.
  • the red light RL2 based on the display data R2 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S2E (corresponding region of the red filter CFR2E and the light emitting unit L2E).
  • the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting portion L2E of the backlight pattern BK1E is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1E and the green filter CFG1E.
  • the green light GL1 based on the display data G1 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1E (corresponding region of the green filter CFG1E and the light emitting unit L2E).
  • the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting portion L2E of the backlight pattern BK2E is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2E and the green filter CFG2E.
  • green light GL2 based on the display data G2 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S2E (corresponding region of the green filter CFG2E and the light emitting unit L2E).
  • the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1E corresponds to the display data B1.
  • the liquid crystal shutter S2E is set to an opening (transmittance) corresponding to the display data B2. Further, among the light emitting portions L1E to L4E of the backlight patterns BK1E and BK2E, the light PL3 (see FIG. 22) is emitted by causing the light emitting portion L3E to emit light.
  • the light PL3 emitted from the light emitting portion L3E of the backlight pattern BK1E is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1E and the blue filter CFB1E.
  • the blue light BL1 based on the display data B1 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1E (corresponding region of the blue filter CFB1E and the light emitting portion L3E).
  • the light PL3 emitted from the light emitting part L3E of the backlight pattern BK2E is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2E and the blue filter CFB2E.
  • the blue light BL2 based on the display data B2 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S2E (corresponding region of the blue filter CFB2E and the light emitting unit L3E).
  • the light PL4 emitted from the light emitting portion L4E of the backlight pattern BK1E is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1E and the yellow filter CFY1E.
  • the yellow light YL1 by the display data Y1 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1E (corresponding region of the yellow filter CFY1E and the light emitting unit L4E).
  • the light PL4 emitted from the light emitting part L4E of the backlight pattern BK2E is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2E and the yellow filter CFY2E.
  • yellow light YL2 based on the display data Y2 is lit on a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S2E (corresponding region of the yellow filter CFY2E and the light emitting portion L4E).
  • the blue component may be lit only once.
  • the lighting order of the RGBY components can be set arbitrarily.
  • FIG. 21 is a plan view showing a configuration of a backlight 30E included in the display device 1 according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 is a perspective view of a backlight pattern BKD according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention.
  • the backlight 30E includes a light guide plate 31E and light source units 33 to 35.
  • the light guide plate 31E has a square shape or a rectangular shape.
  • backlight patterns BK1E, BK2E,... (BKE), which are prisms having a shape protruding from the bottom surface, are arranged in a matrix along the XY direction.
  • the light guide plate 31E includes a first side part 31Ec, a second side part 31Ed, a third side part 31Ee, and a fourth side part 31Ef that support both main surfaces.
  • the first side portion 31Ec and the fourth side portion 31Ef are disposed to face each other in the X direction via both main surfaces.
  • the second side portion 31Ed and the third side portion 31Ee are arranged to face each other in the Y direction via both main surfaces.
  • the light source unit 32 is disposed along the first side portion 31Ec of the light guide plate 31E so as to face the first side portion 31Ec.
  • the light source unit 33 is disposed along the second side portion 31Ed of the light guide plate 31E so as to face the second side portion 31Ed.
  • the light source part 34 is arranged along the third side part 31Ee of the light guide plate 31E so as to face the third side part 31Ee.
  • the light source part 35 is disposed along the fourth side part 31Ef of the light guide plate 31E so as to face the fourth side part 31Ef.
  • the light source unit 32 and the light source unit 35 are arranged opposite to each other in the X direction via the light guide plate 31E.
  • the light source unit 33 and the light source unit 34 are arranged to face each other in the Y direction via the light guide plate 31E.
  • the light emitting part L1E emits the emitted light P1 emitted from the light source part 32 and incident on the light guide plate 31E from the second side part 31Ed of the light guide plate 31E.
  • the light is reflected in the direction toward S1E, S2E and the color filter portion CFE, that is, in the Z direction as light PL1.
  • the light emitting portion L1E includes a reflective surface L1Ea that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the first side portion 31Ec of the light guide plate 31E that is the incident surface of the outgoing light P1.
  • the light emitting unit L1E reflects the emitted light P1 as light PL1 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L1Ea.
  • the light emitting portion L2E uses the light P2 emitted from the light source portion 33 and incident on the light guide plate 31E from the second side portion 31Ed of the light guide plate 31E, as liquid crystal shutters S1E and S2E and a color filter portion.
  • the light is reflected as light PL2 in the direction toward the CFE, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting portion L2E includes a reflective surface L2Ea that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the second side portion 31Ed of the light guide plate 31E that is the incident surface of the emitted light P2.
  • the light emitting unit L2E reflects the outgoing light P2 as light PL2 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L2Ea.
  • the light emitting unit L3E outputs the emitted light P3 emitted from the light source unit 34 and incident on the light guide plate 31E from the third side portion 31Ee of the light guide plate 31E, and the liquid crystal shutters S1E and S2E and the color filter unit.
  • the light is reflected as light PL3 in the direction toward the CFE, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting portion L3E includes a reflective surface L3Ea that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the third side portion 31Ee of the light guide plate 31E that is the incident surface of the emitted light P3.
  • the light emitting unit L3E reflects the emitted light P3 as light PL3 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L3Ea.
  • the light emitting unit L4E uses the emitted light P4 emitted from the light source unit 35 and incident on the light guide plate 31E from the fourth side portion 31Ef of the light guide plate 31E to the liquid crystal shutters S1E and S2E and the color filter unit.
  • the shape is reflected as light PL4 in the direction toward the CFE, that is, in the Z direction.
  • the light emitting portion L4E includes a reflective surface L4Ea that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the fourth side portion 31Ef of the light guide plate 31E that is the incident surface of the outgoing light P4.
  • the light emitting unit L4E reflects the outgoing light P4 as light PL4 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L4Ea.
  • the light emitting unit L1E emits light PL1
  • the light emitting unit L2E emits light PL2
  • the light emitting unit L3E emits light PL3
  • the light emitting unit L4E emits light PL4. Is emitted.
  • FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration of a display device 1F according to Embodiment 7 of the present invention.
  • the display device 1F is different from the display device 1 in that the color filter unit CF is removed from the display device 1 (see FIG. 1).
  • the display device 1F includes a display panel 10F, a backlight 30C, and a control unit 50.
  • the display panel 10F includes an element substrate 20, a counter substrate 11F, and a liquid crystal 15 sealed between the element substrate 20 and the counter substrate 11F, which are bonded to each other with a seal 16.
  • the counter substrate 11F includes a common electrode, an alignment film, and the like provided on the glass substrate 12 and the surface of the glass substrate 12 facing the element substrate 20.
  • the counter substrate 11F has a configuration in which the color filter portion CF is removed from the counter substrate 11 (see FIG. 1).
  • the display device 1F displays a monochrome image.
  • the display device 1F may be one of the backlights 30, 30A, 30B, 30D, and 30E instead of the backlight 30C, or may be a backlight having another structure.
  • FIG. 24 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the display device 1F according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention.
  • 24A shows display data to be displayed on each pixel
  • FIG. 24B shows liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C
  • FIG. 24C shows a backlight pattern BKC
  • FIG. 24D shows a display state. It is.
  • the display device 1F includes a liquid crystal shutter SC and a backlight pattern BKC.
  • the liquid crystal shutter SC is the same as that described in the fourth embodiment with reference to FIG.
  • the backlight pattern BKC is the same as that described in the fourth embodiment with reference to FIGS.
  • the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C correspond to each pixel that displays a monochrome image in a conventional display panel that displays a monochrome image, and in the display panel that displays a conventional monochrome image, the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C It becomes a dot.
  • each of the liquid crystal shutters S1C, S2C, S3C is further divided in the Y direction by the light emitting units L1C, L2C, which are a plurality of display areas.
  • the shutters S1C, S2C, and S3C are not the minimum unit dots constituting a monochrome image to be displayed.
  • the light emitting part L1C of the backlight pattern BKC is connected across the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C arranged in the horizontal direction, and the light emitting part L2C of the backlight pattern BKC is connected across the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C arranged in the horizontal direction. Yes. As a result, the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C are lit at the same timing when the light emitting portion L1C emits light, and the other partial regions at the same timing when the light emitting portion L2C emits light. Lights on.
  • the light emitting units L1C and L2C operate not only the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C but also the display device 1F so that some areas of the liquid crystal shutters arranged in the same direction in the XY directions are lit at the same timing.
  • a configuration may be adopted in which the liquid crystal shutters arranged in the same direction are integrally connected and extended so as to overlap a part of the region. That is, when the display device 1F is operated so that a part of the liquid crystal shutters arranged in the same direction in the XY directions is lit at the same timing from one end to the other end of the display unit, the light emitting unit L1C , L2C may be extended from one end of the display unit to the other end.
  • the display data D11, D12, D13, D21, D22, and D23 shown in FIG. 24A are pixels that display gradations ranging from white to black in a conventional liquid crystal display device that displays a monochrome image. Is display data to be input.
  • the liquid crystal shutter SC and the backlight pattern BKC shown in FIGS. 24B and 24C are arranged so that they overlap each other when the backlight pattern BKC is arranged below the liquid crystal shutter SC in plan view. ing.
  • the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1C is set to an opening degree corresponding to the display data D11, and the liquid crystal shutter S2C is set to an opening degree (transmittance) corresponding to the display data D12.
  • the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S3C is set as an opening degree (transmittance) corresponding to the display data D13.
  • the light PL1 (see FIG. 16) is emitted by causing the light emitting portion L1C to emit light among the light emitting portions L1C and L2C of the backlight pattern BKC.
  • the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1C.
  • the monochrome light (white or black light) DL11 based on the display data D11 is turned on in an area where the liquid crystal shutter S1C and the light emitting unit L1C overlap, which is a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S1C.
  • the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting part L1C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2C.
  • the monochrome light DL12 based on the display data D12 is turned on in an area where the liquid crystal shutter S2C and the light emitting unit L1C overlap, which is a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S2C.
  • the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3C.
  • the monochrome light DL13 is lit in an area where the liquid crystal shutter S3C and the light emitting portion L1C overlap, which is a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S3C.
  • the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1C corresponds to the display data D21.
  • the opening degree (transmittance) corresponding to the display data D22 is set to the liquid crystal shutter S2C
  • the opening degree (transmittance) corresponding to the display data D23 is set to the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S3C.
  • light PL2 (refer FIG. 16) is radiate
  • the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting portion L2C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1C.
  • the monochrome light DL21 based on the display data D21 is turned on in an area where the liquid crystal shutter S1C and the light emitting unit L2C overlap, which is a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S1C.
  • the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting portion L2C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2C.
  • the monochrome light DL22 based on the display data D22 is turned on in an area where the liquid crystal shutter S2C and the light emitting unit L2C overlap, which is a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S2C.
  • the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting portion L2C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3C.
  • the monochrome light DL23 based on the display data D23 is turned on in an area where the liquid crystal shutter S3C and the light emitting portion L2C overlap, which is a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S3C.
  • the resolution of the liquid crystal shutter SC can be further increased only in the vertical direction between the vertical direction and the horizontal direction.
  • the display device 1F realizes high resolution of the display image by causing the backlight 30C to emit light in a time-sharing manner.
  • the backlight 30C emits light in a time-sharing manner
  • other methods of operation can be cited.
  • one frame may be displayed while being divided into a plurality of light emission periods.
  • FIG. 25 is a diagram illustrating an example in which display data is displayed by time-dividing one frame into three light emission periods.
  • D11 ⁇ D12 will be described assuming that the luminance of the display data D11 is D11 and the luminance of the display data D12 is D12.
  • the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1C is determined from the opening degree corresponding to the display data D11, among the display data D11 and the display data D21.
  • the opening is obtained by subtracting the smaller opening.
  • the light PL1 (see FIG. 16) is emitted by causing the light emitting portion L1C to emit light among the light emitting portions L1C and L2C of the backlight pattern BKC.
  • the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1C.
  • the luminance of the monochrome light DL11 emitted from a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1C is assumed that the opening degree of the liquid crystal shutter S1C is S1C and the luminance of the light emitting unit L1C is L1C.
  • S1C ⁇ L1C 0 (black display in the case of normally black, white display in the case of normally white)
  • the opening of the liquid crystal shutter S1C is set to the smaller one of the display data D11 and the display data D21.
  • light PL1 * PL2 (refer FIG. 16) is radiate
  • the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1C.
  • the opening degree of the liquid crystal shutter S1C is changed from the opening degree of the display data D21 to the display data D11 and the display data D21.
  • the opening is calculated by subtracting the smaller one.
  • light PL2 (refer FIG. 16) is radiate
  • the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1C.
  • the light emitting units L1C and L2C can independently control the light emission period, and thus can emit light at various timings according to the image to be displayed.
  • both the light emitting portions L1C and L2C may emit light simultaneously.
  • the period when the light emission part per one can be lightened can be lengthened.
  • the average lighting rate is increased, and the maximum luminance can be increased.
  • the display device 1 includes an illumination unit including a light guide plate in which light emitting units that independently emit light in a dot shape are arranged in a matrix in a matrix direction, and light emitted from the illumination unit Liquid crystal shutters arranged in a matrix in the matrix direction, and when viewed in plan, the liquid crystal shutters in each of at least one of the row direction and the column direction are each a plurality of the above-described liquid crystal shutters.
  • the light emitting unit is covered.
  • each of the liquid crystal shutters covers the plurality of light emitting units in at least one of the row direction and the column direction. For this reason, an image having a higher resolution than that of the liquid crystal shutter can be displayed. As a result, the resolution can be improved without the miniaturization of the liquid crystal shutter. As a result, it is possible to suppress a decrease in yield during manufacturing.
  • the display device preferably includes a control unit that independently controls the light emission periods of the plurality of light emitting units covered by one liquid crystal shutter in the above aspect 1. According to the above configuration, since the control unit independently controls the light emission periods of the plurality of light emitting units, it is possible to display an image with a resolution higher than that of the liquid crystal shutter.
  • the control unit controls the two or more light emitting units among the plurality of light emitting units covered by the one liquid crystal shutter to emit light simultaneously. May be. As a result, the maximum luminance can be increased.
  • At least one of the plurality of light emitting units covered by one liquid crystal shutter is another liquid crystal shutter adjacent to the one liquid crystal shutter. It is preferable that the film is stretched across. Thereby, the yield fall accompanying the high definition of said several light emission part can be suppressed.
  • the display device is the color filter according to any of the above aspects 1 to 4, wherein filter portions that transmit light of a specific color among light transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter are arranged in a matrix in the matrix direction. It is preferable to provide a part. With the above configuration, a color image can be displayed.
  • one liquid crystal shutter is covered with a plurality of the filter portions. Thereby, a high-definition color image can be displayed.
  • the plurality of filter units covering the one liquid crystal shutter are at least one of the plurality of light emitting units covered by the one liquid crystal shutter. It is preferable that it is provided for each light emitting unit. Accordingly, light can be transmitted through the filter unit for each of the at least some light emitting unit units. Thereby, a color image with high color reproducibility or high luminance can be displayed.
  • the plurality of filter parts covering the one liquid crystal shutter are provided for every light emitting unit covered by the one liquid crystal shutter. May be. Accordingly, light can be transmitted through the filter unit for every light emitting unit covered by the one liquid crystal shutter. Thereby, a color image with high color reproducibility can be displayed.
  • the filter unit extends over at least two light emitting units among the plurality of light emitting units covered by one liquid crystal shutter. Is preferred. Thereby, the yield fall accompanying high definition of the said filter part can be suppressed.
  • the liquid crystal shutters each cover the plurality of light emitting units in the row direction when viewed in plan. Thereby, the resolution in the row direction can be improved.
  • the liquid crystal shutters each cover the plurality of light emitting portions in the column direction when viewed in plan. Thereby, the resolution in the column direction can be improved.
  • the plurality of filter parts include filter parts that are arranged adjacent to each other and transmit light of different colors.
  • the plurality of filter portions include a red filter that transmits red light, a green filter that transmits green light, and a blue light that transmits blue light. It is preferable to include at least two of a filter and a yellow filter that transmits yellow light.
  • the resolution can be improved as compared with the liquid crystal shutter, and a color image can be displayed.
  • the light guide plate supports a main surface, which is an emission surface of light emitted to the liquid crystal shutter, and the main surface, which are different from each other.
  • the plurality of light emitting units are arranged adjacent to each other and emit light by reflecting incident light from the first side toward the liquid crystal shutter. It is preferable to include a first light emitting unit and a second light emitting unit that emits light by reflecting incident light from the second side toward the liquid crystal shutter.
  • the first light emitting unit and the second light emitting unit can emit light independently.
  • the illuminating unit is disposed to be opposed to the first light source unit disposed to face the first side part of the light guide plate and to the second side part. And a second light source part. Accordingly, the first light emitting unit and the second light emitting unit can emit light independently.

Abstract

The purpose of the present invention is to suppress the size reduction of a wire or the like and suppress a decrease in production yield by improving resolution without reducing the size of a liquid crystal shutter. A display device according to the present invention comprises: a lighting unit including a light guide plate (31) having light emitting parts (L11, L12, L21, L22) disposed in rows and columns to form a matrix and emitting light independently; and a liquid crystal shutters (S1, S2, S3) disposed in rows and columns to form a matrix. Each of the liquid crystal shutters (S1, S2, S3) covers a plurality of the light emitting parts (L11, L12, L21, L22).

Description

表示装置Display device
　以下の開示は液晶シャッターを有する表示装置に関する。 The following disclosure relates to a display device having a liquid crystal shutter.
　液晶ディスプレイは、配線等の微細化が進んでいる。特に、近年、４Ｋ、８Ｋなど解像度が高い液晶ディスプレイの小型化が要求されている。このように微細化が進むと、液晶の透過部に比べて、配線の面積の方が支配的になったり、配線を細くする必要があったりする。このため、製造の難易度が上がり、歩留りが悪くなる。 Liquid crystal displays are becoming increasingly finer. In particular, downsizing of liquid crystal displays with high resolution such as 4K and 8K has recently been required. As the miniaturization proceeds in this way, the area of the wiring becomes more dominant or the wiring needs to be thinner than the transmission part of the liquid crystal. For this reason, the difficulty of manufacture increases and the yield deteriorates.
　特許文献１に記載の液晶ディスプレイでは、液晶パネルにカラーフィルタを配置せず、Ｒ（赤）色光を発光する赤色ＬＥＤと、Ｇ（緑）色光を発光する緑色ＬＥＤと、Ｂ（青）色光を発光する青色ＬＥＤとが設けられている。当該液晶ディスプレイでは、時間軸で、赤色画像、緑色画像、青色画像を順に表示することでカラー画像を表示している。これにより、当該液晶ディスプレイは、サブ画素が不要となるため、配線等の微細化が抑制される。 In the liquid crystal display described in Patent Document 1, a color filter is not disposed on the liquid crystal panel, and a red LED that emits R (red) light, a green LED that emits G (green) light, and B (blue) light is emitted. A blue LED that emits light is provided. In the liquid crystal display, a color image is displayed by sequentially displaying a red image, a green image, and a blue image on the time axis. As a result, the liquid crystal display does not require subpixels, and thus miniaturization of wiring and the like is suppressed.
日本国公開特許公報「特開２０１４‐１３７４９３号公報（２０１４年７月２８日公開）」Japanese Patent Publication “JP 2014-137493 A (published July 28, 2014)”
　しかしながら、特許文献１に記載の液晶ディスプレイは、サブ画素が不要となるため、少ない画素数で画像表示をすることができるが、液晶パネルの画素以上の解像度の画像を表示することができないという問題がある。 However, since the liquid crystal display described in Patent Document 1 does not require sub-pixels, it can display an image with a small number of pixels, but cannot display an image with a resolution higher than the pixels of the liquid crystal panel. There is.
　以下の開示は、前記の問題点に鑑みてなされたものであり、その目的は、液晶シャッターの微細化を伴うことなく解像度を向上することで、製造時の歩留り低下を抑制することにある。 The following disclosure has been made in view of the above-described problems, and an object thereof is to suppress a decrease in yield during manufacturing by improving resolution without accompanying miniaturization of a liquid crystal shutter.
　上記の課題を解決するために、本開示の一態様に係る表示装置は、独立して光をドット状に出射する発光部が行列方向にマトリクス状に配置された導光板を備える照明部と、上記照明部から出射された光の透過量を制御し、行列方向にマトリクス状に配置されている液晶シャッターと、上記液晶シャッターが透過した光のうち特定の色の光を透過するフィルター部が、行列方向にマトリクス状に配置されたカラーフィルタ部とを備え、平面視したとき、行方向及び列方向のうち、少なくとも一方向において、上記液晶シャッターは、それぞれ、複数の上記発光部を覆っていることを特徴とする。 In order to solve the above problems, a display device according to an aspect of the present disclosure includes an illumination unit including a light guide plate in which light emitting units that independently emit light in a dot shape are arranged in a matrix in a matrix direction; A liquid crystal shutter that controls the transmission amount of light emitted from the illumination unit, arranged in a matrix in the matrix direction, and a filter unit that transmits light of a specific color among the light transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter, A color filter unit arranged in a matrix in the matrix direction, and when viewed in plan, the liquid crystal shutter covers each of the light emitting units in at least one of the row direction and the column direction. It is characterized by that.
　本開示の一態様によれば、液晶シャッターの微細化に伴う配線等の微細化を抑制することで、製造時の歩留り低下を抑制するという効果を奏する。 According to one aspect of the present disclosure, there is an effect of suppressing a decrease in yield during manufacturing by suppressing miniaturization of wiring and the like accompanying miniaturization of the liquid crystal shutter.
本発明の実施形態１に係る表示装置の構成を表す断面図である。It is sectional drawing showing the structure of the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 1 of this invention. 本発明の実施形態１に係る表示装置のバックライトの構成を表す平面図である。It is a top view showing the structure of the backlight of the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 1 of this invention. 本発明の実施形態１に係る表示装置の素子基板の構成を表す図である。It is a figure showing the structure of the element substrate of the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 1 of this invention. 本発明の実施形態１に係る表示装置のカラーフィルタ部の構成を表す平面図である。It is a top view showing the structure of the color filter part of the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 1 of this invention. 本発明の実施形態１に係る表示装置における、カラーフィルタ部、液晶シャッター、バックライトの構成を表す斜視図である。It is a perspective view showing the structure of the color filter part, the liquid-crystal shutter, and a backlight in the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 1 of this invention. 本発明の実施形態１に係る表示装置における、カラーフィルタ部、液晶シャッター、バックライトパターンの構成を表す斜視図である。It is a perspective view showing the structure of a color filter part, a liquid-crystal shutter, and a backlight pattern in the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 1 of this invention. 本発明の実施形態１に係るバックライトパターンの構成を表す斜視図である。It is a perspective view showing the structure of the backlight pattern which concerns on Embodiment 1 of this invention. 本発明の実施形態１に係る表示装置の動作を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining operation | movement of the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 1 of this invention. 本発明の実施形態１に係る表示装置の導光板が備えるプリズム構造の変形例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the modification of the prism structure with which the light-guide plate of the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 1 of this invention is provided. 本発明の実施形態２に係る表示装置の動作を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining operation | movement of the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 2 of this invention. 本発明の実施形態３に係る表示装置の動作を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining operation | movement of the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 3 of this invention. 本発明の実施形態３に係る表示装置１が備えるバックライトの構成を表す平面図である。It is a top view showing the structure of the backlight with which the display apparatus 1 which concerns on Embodiment 3 of this invention is provided. 本発明の実施形態３に係るバックライトパターンの斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the backlight pattern which concerns on Embodiment 3 of this invention. 本発明の実施形態４に係る表示装置の動作を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining operation | movement of the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 4 of this invention. 本発明の実施形態４に係る表示装置が備えるバックライトの構成を表す平面図である。It is a top view showing the structure of the backlight with which the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 4 of this invention is provided. 本発明の実施形態４に係るバックライトパターンの斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the backlight pattern which concerns on Embodiment 4 of this invention. 本発明の実施形態５に係る表示装置の動作を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining operation | movement of the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 5 of this invention. 本発明の実施形態５に係る表示装置が備えるバックライトの構成を表す平面図である。It is a top view showing the structure of the backlight with which the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 5 of this invention is provided. 本発明の実施形態５に係るバックライトパターンの構成を表す斜視図である。It is a perspective view showing the structure of the backlight pattern which concerns on Embodiment 5 of this invention. 本発明の実施形態６に係る表示装置の動作を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining operation | movement of the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 6 of this invention. 本発明の実施形態６に係る表示装置が備えるバックライトの構成を表す平面図である。It is a top view showing the structure of the backlight with which the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 6 of this invention is provided. 本発明の実施形態６に係るバックライトパターンの斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the backlight pattern which concerns on Embodiment 6 of this invention. 本発明の実施形態７に係る表示装置の構成を表す断面図である。It is sectional drawing showing the structure of the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 7 of this invention. 本発明の実施形態７に係る表示装置の動作を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining operation | movement of the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 7 of this invention. 本発明の実施形態７に係る表示装置において、１フレームを３つの発光期間に時分割して表示データを表示する例を表す図である。In the display apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 7 of this invention, it is a figure showing the example which displays a display data by time-dividing 1 frame into three light emission periods.
　〔実施形態１〕
　（表示装置１の構成）
　以下、本発明の実施形態１について、詳細に説明する。 Embodiment 1
(Configuration of display device 1)
Hereinafter, Embodiment 1 of the present invention will be described in detail.
　図１は、本発明の実施形態１に係る表示装置１の構成を表す断面図である。 FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration of a display device 1 according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention.
　表示装置１は、表示パネル１０と、バックライト（照明部）３０と、制御部５０とを備えている。 The display device 1 includes a display panel 10, a backlight (illumination unit) 30, and a control unit 50.
　表示パネル１０は、シール１６によって互いに貼り合わされている、素子基板２０と対向基板１１と、素子基板２０及び対向基板１１の間に封入されている液晶１５とを備えている。素子基板２０は、ガラス基板と、当該ガラス基板にマトリクス状に配置された、液晶シャッターである液晶セルをスイッチングするためのスイッチング素子と、画素電極と、配向膜等を備えている。 The display panel 10 includes an element substrate 20, a counter substrate 11, and a liquid crystal 15 sealed between the element substrate 20 and the counter substrate 11, which are bonded to each other with a seal 16. The element substrate 20 includes a glass substrate, a switching element for switching a liquid crystal cell, which is a liquid crystal shutter, arranged in a matrix on the glass substrate, a pixel electrode, an alignment film, and the like.
　対向基板１１は、ガラス基板１２と、当該ガラス基板１２の素子基板２０との対向面側にマトリクス状に配置された、特定の波長の光を透過するフィルター部を含むカラーフィルタ部ＣＦを備えている。さらに、対向基板１１は、図示しないが、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦの素子基板２０側の表面に設けられた、共通電極、配向膜等を備えている。 The counter substrate 11 includes a glass substrate 12 and a color filter portion CF including a filter portion that transmits light of a specific wavelength and is arranged in a matrix on the side of the glass substrate 12 facing the element substrate 20. Yes. Further, although not shown, the counter substrate 11 includes a common electrode, an alignment film, and the like provided on the surface of the color filter portion CF on the element substrate 20 side.
　制御部５０は、表示パネル１０に画像を表示するための表示データを出力したり、バックライト３０が備える各光源に制御信号を出力することで、表示パネル１０及びバックライト３０それぞれの駆動を制御する。本実施形態においては、制御部５０は、バックライト３０を時分割で駆動制御することで、高精細な画像を表示パネル１０に表示させている。 The control unit 50 controls the driving of the display panel 10 and the backlight 30 by outputting display data for displaying an image on the display panel 10 or outputting a control signal to each light source included in the backlight 30. To do. In the present embodiment, the control unit 50 controls the backlight 30 in a time-sharing manner to display a high-definition image on the display panel 10.
　（バックライト３０の構成）
　図２は、バックライト３０の構成を表す平面図である。なお、表示パネル１０の基板面に平行な平面内であって、互いに垂直に交わる方向を、Ｘ方向（行方向）、Ｙ方向（列方向）とする。Ｘ方向は、ゲートラインＧＬ（図３参照）の延伸方向に平行な方向（水平方向と称する）であり、Ｙ方向は、データラインＤＬ（図３参照）の延伸方向に平行な方向（垂直方向と称する）である。 (Configuration of the backlight 30)
FIG. 2 is a plan view illustrating the configuration of the backlight 30. Note that the directions perpendicular to each other in a plane parallel to the substrate surface of the display panel 10 are defined as an X direction (row direction) and a Y direction (column direction). The X direction is a direction (referred to as a horizontal direction) parallel to the extending direction of the gate line GL (see FIG. 3), and the Y direction is a direction (vertical direction) parallel to the extending direction of the data line DL (see FIG. 3). Called).
　図２に示すように、バックライト３０は、導光板３１と、光源部３２～３５とを備えている。 As shown in FIG. 2, the backlight 30 includes a light guide plate 31 and light source units 32 to 35.
　各光源部３２～３５は、導光板３１の４辺に沿って延伸するように配置されている。光源部（第１光源部）３２は、白色の光を出射する光出射部３２ａと、当該光出射部３２ａからの出射光を透過して平行光である出射光Ｐ１１として出射するレンズ部３２ｂとを備えている。光源部（第２光源部）３３は、白色の光を出射する光出射部３３ａと、当該光出射部３３ａからの出射光を透過して平行光である出射光Ｐ１２として出射するレンズ部３３ｂとを備えている。光源部（第３光源部）３４は、白色の光を出射する光出射部３４ａと、当該光出射部３４ａからの出射光を透過して平行光である出射光Ｐ２１として出射するレンズ部３４ｂとを備えている。光源部（第４光源部）３５は、白色の光を出射する光出射部３５ａと、当該光出射部３５ａからの出射光を透過して平行光である出射光Ｐ２２として出射するレンズ部３５ｂとを備えている。 The light source portions 32 to 35 are arranged so as to extend along the four sides of the light guide plate 31. The light source unit (first light source unit) 32 includes a light emitting unit 32a that emits white light, and a lens unit 32b that transmits the emitted light from the light emitting unit 32a and emits it as emitted light P11 that is parallel light. It has. The light source unit (second light source unit) 33 includes a light emitting unit 33a that emits white light, and a lens unit 33b that transmits the emitted light from the light emitting unit 33a and emits it as emitted light P12 that is parallel light. It has. The light source unit (third light source unit) 34 includes a light emitting unit 34a that emits white light, and a lens unit 34b that transmits the emitted light from the light emitting unit 34a and emits the emitted light P21 as parallel light. It has. The light source unit (fourth light source unit) 35 includes a light emitting unit 35a that emits white light, and a lens unit 35b that transmits the emitted light from the light emitting unit 35a and emits it as emitted light P22 that is parallel light. It has.
　光出射部３２ａ～３５ａは、それぞれ、複数並んで配置されている白色の光を出射するＬＥＤを備えている。 Each of the light emitting sections 32a to 35a includes LEDs that emit a plurality of white light arranged side by side.
　光源部３２と、光源部３５とは、導光板３１を介してＸ方向に、互いに並んで対向配置されている。光源部３３と、光源部３４とは、導光板３１を介してＹ方向に、互いに並んで対向配置されている。 The light source part 32 and the light source part 35 are arranged opposite to each other in the X direction via the light guide plate 31. The light source unit 33 and the light source unit 34 are arranged to face each other in the Y direction via the light guide plate 31.
　導光板３１は、正方形状又は長方形状を有している。導光板３１は、内部の底面に、当該底面から突出した形状のプリズムであるバックライトパターンＢＫがＸＹ方向に並んでマトリクス状に配置されている。 The light guide plate 31 has a square shape or a rectangular shape. The light guide plate 31 has a backlight pattern BK, which is a prism having a shape protruding from the bottom surface, arranged in a matrix on the bottom surface in the XY direction.
　なお、バックライトパターンＢＫのうち、後述する液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３それぞれと重なるバックライトパターンＢＫを、バックライトパターンＢＫ１，ＢＫ２，ＢＫ３と称する場合がある。バックライトパターンＢＫ１，ＢＫ２，ＢＫ３は、順にＸ方向（行方向）に並んで配置されている。 Of the backlight pattern BK, backlight patterns BK that overlap with liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 described later may be referred to as backlight patterns BK1, BK2, BK3. The backlight patterns BK1, BK2, BK3 are arranged in order in the X direction (row direction).
　バックライトパターンＢＫは、それぞれ、４つの光源部３２～３５からの出射光Ｐ１１,Ｐ１２,Ｐ２１,Ｐ２２を、それぞれ表示パネル１０が配置された方向へ反射することで発光する発光部（第１発光部）Ｌ１１、発光部（第２発光部）Ｌ１２、発光部（第３発光部）Ｌ２１、及び、発光部（第４発光部）Ｌ２２を備えている。 Each of the backlight patterns BK emits light by emitting light P11, P12, P21, and P22 emitted from the four light source units 32 to 35 in the direction in which the display panel 10 is disposed (first light emission). Part) L11, a light emitting part (second light emitting part) L12, a light emitting part (third light emitting part) L21, and a light emitting part (fourth light emitting part) L22.
　各発光部Ｌ１１、発光部Ｌ１２、発光部Ｌ２１、及び、発光部Ｌ２２は、独立して光をドット状に出射することができる構成を有する。 Each light emitting part L11, light emitting part L12, light emitting part L21, and light emitting part L22 have a configuration capable of independently emitting light in a dot shape.
　各発光部Ｌ１１、発光部Ｌ１２、発光部Ｌ２１、及び、発光部Ｌ２２は、表示装置１が表示する画像を構成する最小単位のドットである。本実施形態においては、表示装置１は、後述する液晶シャッターＳにおける、発光部Ｌ１１、発光部Ｌ１２、発光部Ｌ２１、及び、発光部Ｌ２２何れかと重なっている領域がサブ画素である。 Each light-emitting part L11, light-emitting part L12, light-emitting part L21, and light-emitting part L22 are the minimum unit dots that constitute an image displayed on the display device 1. In the present embodiment, in the display device 1, a region that overlaps any one of the light emitting unit L11, the light emitting unit L12, the light emitting unit L21, and the light emitting unit L22 in the liquid crystal shutter S described later is a sub pixel.
　各発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１、及び、Ｌ２２は、制御部５０（図１参照）が個別に独立して駆動を制御する光源部３２～３５を介して、個別に独立して発光期間が制御される。換言すると、各発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１、及び、Ｌ２２は、制御部５０によって、個別に独立して発光期間が制御される。 Each of the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22 has its light emitting period controlled independently via the light source units 32 to 35 that are individually and independently controlled by the control unit 50 (see FIG. 1). Is done. In other words, the light emission periods of the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22 are individually controlled by the control unit 50 independently.
　なお、各バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３の具体的な構成については、図６、図７を用いて後述する。 A specific configuration of each of the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3 will be described later with reference to FIGS.
　（素子基板２０及び液晶セルＳの構成）
　図３は本発明の実施形態１に係る表示装置１の素子基板２０の構成を表す図である。 (Configuration of element substrate 20 and liquid crystal cell S)
FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating the configuration of the element substrate 20 of the display device 1 according to the first embodiment of the invention.
　素子基板２０は、ガラス基板に配置されている、ソースドライバ２２と、ゲートドライバ２３と、垂直方向（Ｙ方向）に延伸する複数のデータラインＤＬと、水平方向（Ｘ方向）に延伸する複数のゲートラインＧＬと、データラインＤＬ及びゲートラインＧＬの交差部近傍に配置されているトランジスタ２４と、トランジスタ２４と接続されている画素電極２５とを備えている。 The element substrate 20 includes a source driver 22, a gate driver 23, a plurality of data lines DL extending in a vertical direction (Y direction), and a plurality of data lines DL extending in a horizontal direction (X direction). A gate line GL, a transistor 24 disposed near the intersection of the data line DL and the gate line GL, and a pixel electrode 25 connected to the transistor 24 are provided.
　トランジスタ２４は、液晶セルＳの透過状態と非透過状態とを切り換えるスイッチング素子として機能する薄膜トランジスタ（ＴＦＴ：Thin Film Transistor）である。トランジスタ２４は、素子基板２０に、行列方向にマトリクス状に並んで配置されている。トランジスタ２４は、データラインＤＬ及びゲートラインＧＬによって区画された領域内に配置されている。 The transistor 24 is a thin film transistor (TFT: Thin Film Transistor) that functions as a switching element that switches between a transmissive state and a non-transmissive state of the liquid crystal cell S. The transistors 24 are arranged in a matrix in the matrix direction on the element substrate 20. The transistor 24 is disposed in a region partitioned by the data line DL and the gate line GL.
　トランジスタ２４のゲートはゲートライン（走査線）ＧＬに接続されていると共に、トランジスタ２４のソースはデータラインＤＬに接続され、ドレインは画素電極２５に接続されている。 The gate of the transistor 24 is connected to the gate line (scanning line) GL, the source of the transistor 24 is connected to the data line DL, and the drain is connected to the pixel electrode 25.
　画素電極２５は、データラインＤＬと、ゲートラインＧＬとによって区画された領域内に配置されている。画素電極２５は、ＩＴＯ等の透明電極から構成されている。画素電極２５は、対向基板１１に配置された対向電極（コモン電極）ＣＯＭと、画素電極２５及び対向電極ＣＯＭの間に配置されている液晶１５とによって液晶シャッターＳを構成している。 The pixel electrode 25 is disposed in a region partitioned by the data line DL and the gate line GL. The pixel electrode 25 is composed of a transparent electrode such as ITO. The pixel electrode 25 constitutes a liquid crystal shutter S by the counter electrode (common electrode) COM disposed on the counter substrate 11 and the liquid crystal 15 disposed between the pixel electrode 25 and the counter electrode COM.
　対向電極ＣＯＭは、対向基板１１のカラーフィルタ部ＣＦにおける素子基板２０との対向面の全面に配置されている。対向電極ＣＯＭは、ＩＴＯ等の透明電極から構成されている。 The counter electrode COM is disposed on the entire surface of the color filter portion CF of the counter substrate 11 facing the element substrate 20. The counter electrode COM is composed of a transparent electrode such as ITO.
　液晶シャッターＳ（Ｓ１,Ｓ２,Ｓ３・・・）は、画素電極２５と、液晶１５と、対向電極ＣＯＭとから構成されている。液晶シャッターＳは、ＸＹ方向にマトリクス状に並んで配置されている。 The liquid crystal shutter S (S1, S2, S3...) Includes a pixel electrode 25, a liquid crystal 15, and a counter electrode COM. The liquid crystal shutters S are arranged in a matrix in the XY direction.
　液晶シャッターＳは、画素電極２５と、対向電極ＣＯＭとの間の電位に応じて液晶１５が光を透過する程度を制御することで、シャッターとして機能する。 The liquid crystal shutter S functions as a shutter by controlling the degree to which the liquid crystal 15 transmits light in accordance with the potential between the pixel electrode 25 and the counter electrode COM.
　なお、マトリクス状に並ぶ液晶シャッターＳのうち、Ｘ方向に順に並んで配置されている液晶シャッターＳを、液晶シャッターＳ１，Ｓ２，Ｓ３と称する場合がある。この液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３は、従来の液晶パネルにおいては、赤色光を透過する赤色からフィルタと、緑色光を透過する緑色カラーフィルタと、青色光を透過する青色カラーフィルタの何れかが配置されるサブ画素に対応し、表示画像を構成する最小単位のドットとなる。しかし、本実施形態においては、画像を表示する際、各液晶シャッターＳ１，Ｓ２，Ｓ３それぞれは、さらに、複数の表示領域である発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２に分割されるため、各液晶シャッターＳ１，Ｓ２，Ｓ３は、表示画像を構成する最小単位のドットではない。 Of the liquid crystal shutters S arranged in a matrix, the liquid crystal shutters S arranged in order in the X direction may be referred to as liquid crystal shutters S1, S2, and S3. In the conventional liquid crystal panel, the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 are arranged in any one of a red color filter that transmits red light, a green color filter that transmits green light, and a blue color filter that transmits blue light. Corresponding to the sub-pixel, it is the minimum unit dot constituting the display image. However, in the present embodiment, when displaying an image, each of the liquid crystal shutters S1, S2, S3 is further divided into a plurality of light emitting portions L11, L12, L21, L22, which are display areas. The shutters S1, S2, and S3 are not the minimum unit dots constituting the display image.
　（カラーフィルタ部ＣＦの構成）
　図４は、本発明の実施形態１に係る表示装置１のカラーフィルタ部ＣＦの構成を表す平面図である。なお、図４では、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦのうち一部の構成を表している。 (Configuration of color filter CF)
FIG. 4 is a plan view illustrating the configuration of the color filter unit CF of the display device 1 according to the first embodiment of the invention. FIG. 4 shows a part of the configuration of the color filter portion CF.
　図４に示すように、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦは、順にＸ方向に並び、赤（Ｒ）色光を透過する赤色フィルタと、緑（Ｇ）色光を透過する緑色フィルタと、青（Ｂ）色光を透過する青色フィルタとを含むカラーフィルタが、ＸＹ方向にマトリクス状に配置されている。そして、赤色フィルタと、緑色フィルタと、青色フィルタとの周囲には、光を遮光するブラックマトリクスＢＭが配置されている。 As shown in FIG. 4, the color filter unit CF is sequentially arranged in the X direction, and transmits a red filter that transmits red (R) light, a green filter that transmits green (G) light, and blue (B) light. A color filter including a blue filter is arranged in a matrix in the XY direction. A black matrix BM that blocks light is arranged around the red filter, the green filter, and the blue filter.
　図４に示すように、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦには、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１，赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１２，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２・・・が順にＸ方向に並んで配置されており、それぞれのＹ方向隣の行には、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２１，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ２１，青色フィルタＣＦＢ２１，赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２２，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ２２，青色フィルタＣＦＢ２２・・・が順にＸ方向に並んで配置されている。なお、図４には図示していないが、赤色フィルタ、緑色フィルタ、及び、青色フィルタは、さらに、Ｙ方向にも配置されている。 As shown in FIG. 4, in the color filter portion CF, a red filter CFR11, a green filter CFG11, a blue filter CFB11, a red filter CFR12, a green filter CFG12, a blue filter CFB12,. In each row adjacent to the Y direction, a red filter CFR21, a green filter CFG21, a blue filter CFB21, a red filter CFR22, a green filter CFG22, a blue filter CFB22,... Are sequentially arranged in the X direction. Although not shown in FIG. 4, the red filter, the green filter, and the blue filter are further arranged in the Y direction.
　すなわち、本実施形態では、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦは、同じ色を透過するフィルタがＹ方向に並んで配置されているストライプ配列となっている。 That is, in this embodiment, the color filter portion CF has a stripe arrangement in which filters that transmit the same color are arranged in the Y direction.
　（カラーフィルタ部ＣＦ、液晶シャッターＳ、バックライトパターンＢＫ）
　図５は、本発明の実施形態１に係る表示装置１における、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦ、液晶シャッターＳ、バックライト３０の構成を表す斜視図である。 (Color filter CF, Liquid crystal shutter S, Backlight pattern BK)
FIG. 5 is a perspective view illustrating the configuration of the color filter unit CF, the liquid crystal shutter S, and the backlight 30 in the display device 1 according to the first embodiment of the invention.
　図５に示すように、ＸＹ平面（すなわち、表示パネル１０の基板面）に垂直に交わる方向をＺ方向とする。Ｚ方向は、バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３が、光源部３２～３５からの出射光を液晶シャッターＳに向かう方向に反射した光の光軸と平行な方向でもある。 As shown in FIG. 5, the direction perpendicular to the XY plane (that is, the substrate surface of the display panel 10) is defined as the Z direction. The Z direction is also a direction parallel to the optical axis of the light reflected by the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3 in the direction toward the liquid crystal shutter S from the light sources 32 to 35.
　バックライト３０の導光板３１と、ＸＹ方向にマトリクス状に配置された液晶シャッターＳと、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦとは、順に、Ｚ軸方向に積層されている。 The light guide plate 31 of the backlight 30, the liquid crystal shutters S arranged in a matrix in the XY directions, and the color filter portion CF are sequentially stacked in the Z-axis direction.
　平面視において、液晶シャッターＳ１の領域内であって液晶シャッターＳ１の下方にバックライトパターンＢＫ１が配置されており、液晶シャッターＳ２の領域内であって液晶シャッターＳ２の下方にバックライトパターンＢＫ２が配置されており、液晶シャッターＳ３の領域内であって液晶シャッターＳ３の下方にバックライトパターンＢＫ３が配置されている。 In a plan view, the backlight pattern BK1 is arranged in the area of the liquid crystal shutter S1 and below the liquid crystal shutter S1, and the backlight pattern BK2 is arranged in the area of the liquid crystal shutter S2 and below the liquid crystal shutter S2. The backlight pattern BK3 is arranged in the region of the liquid crystal shutter S3 and below the liquid crystal shutter S3.
　液晶シャッターＳ１を介して、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１はバックライトパターンＢＫ１の発光部Ｌ１１と重なって配置されており、緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１はバックライトパターンＢＫ１の発光部Ｌ１２と重なって配置されており、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２１はバックライトパターンＢＫ１の発光部Ｌ２１と重なって配置されており、緑色フィルタＣＦＧ２１はバックライトパターンＢＫ１の発光部Ｌ２２と重なって配置されている。 Through the liquid crystal shutter S1, the red filter CFR11 is disposed so as to overlap the light emitting portion L11 of the backlight pattern BK1, and the green filter CFG11 is disposed so as to overlap with the light emitting portion L12 of the backlight pattern BK1, and the red filter CFR21. Is disposed so as to overlap the light emitting portion L21 of the backlight pattern BK1, and the green filter CFG21 is disposed so as to overlap the light emitting portion L22 of the backlight pattern BK1.
　液晶シャッターＳ２を介して、青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１はバックライトパターンＢＫ２の発光部Ｌ１１と重なって配置されており、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２はバックライトパターンＢＫ２の発光部Ｌ１２と重なって配置されており、青色フィルタＣＦＢ２１はバックライトパターンＢＫ２の発光部Ｌ２１と重なって配置されており、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２２はバックライトパターンＢＫ２の発光部Ｌ２２と重なって配置されている。 Via the liquid crystal shutter S2, the blue filter CFB11 is disposed so as to overlap with the light emitting portion L11 of the backlight pattern BK2, and the red filter CFR12 is disposed so as to overlap with the light emitting portion L12 of the backlight pattern BK2. Is disposed so as to overlap the light emitting portion L21 of the backlight pattern BK2, and the red filter CFR22 is disposed so as to overlap the light emitting portion L22 of the backlight pattern BK2.
　液晶シャッターＳ３を介して、緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１２はバックライトパターンＢＫ３の発光部Ｌ１１と重なって配置されており、青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２はバックライトパターンＢＫ３の発光部Ｌ１２と重なって配置されており、緑色フィルタＣＦＧ２２はバックライトパターンＢＫ３の発光部Ｌ２１と重なって配置されており、青色フィルタＣＦＢ２２はバックライトパターンＢＫ３の発光部Ｌ２２と重なって配置されている。 Via the liquid crystal shutter S3, the green filter CFG12 is arranged so as to overlap the light emitting part L11 of the backlight pattern BK3, and the blue filter CFB12 is arranged so as to overlap with the light emitting part L12 of the backlight pattern BK3, and the green filter CFG22. Is disposed so as to overlap the light emitting portion L21 of the backlight pattern BK3, and the blue filter CFB22 is disposed so as to overlap the light emitting portion L22 of the backlight pattern BK3.
　このように、１つの液晶シャッターＳ１を、複数のフィルタ部である、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１，赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２１、及び、緑色フィルタＣＦＧ２１が覆っている。また、１つの液晶シャッターＳ２を、複数のフィルタ部である、青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１，赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２，青色フィルタＣＦＢ２１、及び、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２２が覆っている。また、１つの液晶シャッターＳ３を、複数のフィルタ部である、緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１２，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ２２、及び、青色フィルタＣＦＢ２２が覆っている。これにより、表示装置１は高精細なカラー画像の表示を実現している。 As described above, one liquid crystal shutter S1 is covered with a plurality of filter units, that is, the red filter CFR11, the green filter CFG11, the red filter CFR21, and the green filter CFG21. In addition, one liquid crystal shutter S2 is covered with a plurality of filter portions, which are a blue filter CFB11, a red filter CFR12, a blue filter CFB21, and a red filter CFR22. In addition, one liquid crystal shutter S3 is covered with a plurality of filter units, that is, a green filter CFG12, a blue filter CFB12, a green filter CFG22, and a blue filter CFB22. As a result, the display device 1 realizes display of a high-definition color image.
　さらに、液晶シャッターＳ１を覆う複数のフィルタ部である、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１，赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２１、及び、緑色フィルタＣＦＧ２１は、液晶シャッターＳ１が覆う全ての発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２単位ごとに設けられている。また、液晶シャッターＳ２を覆うフィルタ部である、青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１，赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２，青色フィルタＣＦＢ２１、及び、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２２は、液晶シャッターＳ２が覆う全ての発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２単位ごとに設けられている。また、液晶シャッターＳ３を覆うフィルタ部である、緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１２，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ２２、及び、青色フィルタＣＦＢ２２は、液晶シャッターＳ３が覆う全ての発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２単位ごとに設けられている。 Further, the red filter CFR11, the green filter CFG11, the red filter CFR21, and the green filter CFG21, which are a plurality of filter units that cover the liquid crystal shutter S1, are units of all the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22 that the liquid crystal shutter S1 covers. It is provided for each. In addition, the blue filter CFB11, the red filter CFR12, the blue filter CFB21, and the red filter CFR22, which are filter units that cover the liquid crystal shutter S2, are provided for each light emitting unit L11, L12, L21, and L22 unit covered by the liquid crystal shutter S2. Is provided. Further, the green filter CFG12, the blue filter CFB12, the green filter CFG22, and the blue filter CFB22, which are filter parts covering the liquid crystal shutter S3, are provided for every light emitting part L11, L12, L21, L22 unit covered by the liquid crystal shutter S3. Is provided.
　これにより、１つの液晶シャッター（液晶シャッターＳ１，Ｓ２，Ｓ３の何れか）が覆う全ての発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２単位ごとに、上記フィルタ部に光を透過させることができる。これにより、色再現性が高いカラー画像の表示を行うことができる。 Thus, it is possible to transmit light to the filter unit for every light emitting unit L11, L12, L21, L22 unit covered by one liquid crystal shutter (any one of the liquid crystal shutters S1, S2, S3). Thereby, a color image with high color reproducibility can be displayed.
　図６は、本発明の実施形態１に係る表示装置１における、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦ、液晶シャッターＳ、バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３の構成を表す斜視図である。図７は本発明の実施形態１に係るバックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３の斜視図である。 FIG. 6 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the color filter portion CF, the liquid crystal shutter S, and the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3 in the display device 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 7 is a perspective view of the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3 according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
　図６に示すように、導光板３１の両主面のうち、液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３と対向する主面が光の出射面３１ａであり、当該出射面３１ａと対向する主面が裏面３１ｂである。バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３は、導光板３１の裏面３１ｂに配置されている。 As shown in FIG. 6, among the two main surfaces of the light guide plate 31, the main surface facing the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 is the light output surface 31a, and the main surface facing the output surface 31a is the back surface 31b. . The backlight patterns BK1 to BK3 are arranged on the back surface 31b of the light guide plate 31.
　図６及び図７に示すように、バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３において、発光部Ｌ１１は、光源部３２（図２参照）から出射し導光板３１の第１側部３１ｃから導光板３１内に入射した出射光Ｐ１１を、液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ１１として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ１１は、出射光Ｐ１１の入射面である導光板３１の第１側部３１ｃへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ１１ａを備えている。発光部Ｌ１１は、反射面Ｌ１１ａにより、出射光Ｐ１１をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ１１として反射する。 As shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, in the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3, the light emitting portion L11 is emitted from the light source portion 32 (see FIG. 2) and enters the light guide plate 31 from the first side portion 31c of the light guide plate 31. The emitted light P11 is reflected as light PL11 in the direction toward the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 and the color filter portion CF, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting unit L11 includes a reflective surface L11a that is inclined so that the thickness becomes thinner as it approaches the first side portion 31c of the light guide plate 31 that is the incident surface of the emitted light P11. The light emitting unit L11 reflects the emitted light P11 as light PL11 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L11a.
　バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３において、発光部Ｌ１２は、光源部３３（図２参照）から出射し導光板３１の第２側部３１ｄから導光板３１内に入射した出射光Ｐ１２を、液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ１２として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ１２は、出射光Ｐ１２の入射面である導光板３１の第２側部３１ｄへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ１２ａを備えている。発光部Ｌ１２は、反射面Ｌ１２ａにより、出射光Ｐ１２をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ１２として反射する。 In the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3, the light emitting unit L12 outputs the emitted light P12 emitted from the light source unit 33 (see FIG. 2) and incident on the light guide plate 31 from the second side portion 31d of the light guide plate 31 to the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S1. The light is reflected as light PL12 in the direction toward S3 and the color filter portion CF, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting portion L12 includes a reflecting surface L12a that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the second side portion 31d of the light guide plate 31 that is the incident surface of the emitted light P12. The light emitting unit L12 reflects the emitted light P12 as light PL12 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L12a.
　バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３において、発光部Ｌ２１は、光源部３４（図２参照）から出射し導光板３１の第３側部３１ｅから導光板３１内に入射した出射光Ｐ２１を、液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ２１として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ２１は、出射光Ｐ２１の入射面である導光板３１の第３側部３１ｅへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ２１ａを備えている。発光部Ｌ２１は、反射面Ｌ２１ａにより、出射光Ｐ２１をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ２１として反射する。 In the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3, the light emitting portion L21 emits the emitted light P21 emitted from the light source portion 34 (see FIG. 2) and incident on the light guide plate 31 from the third side portion 31e of the light guide plate 31 to the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S1. The shape is reflected as light PL21 in the direction toward S3 and the color filter portion CF, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting portion L21 includes a reflecting surface L21a that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the third side portion 31e of the light guide plate 31 that is the incident surface of the outgoing light P21. The light emitting unit L21 reflects the emitted light P21 as light PL21 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L21a.
　バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３において、発光部Ｌ２２は、光源部３５（図２参照）から出射し導光板３１の第４側部３１ｆから導光板３１内に入射した出射光Ｐ２２を、液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ２２として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ２２は、出射光Ｐ２２の入射面である導光板３１の第４側部３１ｆへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ２２ａを備えている。発光部Ｌ２２は、反射面Ｌ２２ａにより、出射光Ｐ２２をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ２２として反射する。 In the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3, the light emitting part L22 emits the emitted light P22 emitted from the light source part 35 (see FIG. 2) and incident on the light guide plate 31 from the fourth side part 31f of the light guide plate 31 to the liquid crystal shutters S1 to SBK. The shape is reflected as light PL22 in the direction toward S3 and the color filter portion CF, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting portion L22 includes a reflecting surface L22a that is inclined so as to become thinner as it approaches the fourth side portion 31f of the light guide plate 31 that is the incident surface of the emitted light P22. The light emitting unit L22 reflects the emitted light P22 as light PL22 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L22a.
　このように、バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３において、発光部Ｌ１１は、制御部５０によって駆動が制御される光源部３２によって発光期間が独立して制御される。また、発光部Ｌ１２は、制御部５０によって駆動が制御される光源部３３によって発光期間が独立して制御される。また、発光部Ｌ２１は、制御部５０によって駆動が制御される光源部３４によって発光期間が独立して制御される。また、発光部Ｌ２２は、制御部５０によって駆動が制御される光源部３５によって発光期間が独立して制御される。 As described above, in the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3, the light emission part L11 is independently controlled in the light emission period by the light source part 32 whose drive is controlled by the control part 50. The light emitting unit L12 is independently controlled in light emission period by the light source unit 33 whose drive is controlled by the control unit 50. The light emitting unit L21 is independently controlled in light emission period by the light source unit 34 whose driving is controlled by the control unit 50. Further, the light emission part L22 is independently controlled in light emission period by the light source part 35 whose drive is controlled by the control part 50.
　このように、１つの液晶シャッターＳ１，Ｓ２，Ｓ３の何れかが覆う発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２の発光期間は、独立して制御部５０（図１参照）によって制御される。これにより、表示装置１は、液晶シャッターＳ１，Ｓ２，Ｓ３よりも高い解像度の画像を表示することができる。なお、表示装置１が画像を表示する具体的な動作については後述する。 As described above, the light emission periods of the light emitting portions L11, L12, L21, and L22 covered by any one of the liquid crystal shutters S1, S2, and S3 are independently controlled by the control unit 50 (see FIG. 1). Thereby, the display device 1 can display an image having a higher resolution than the liquid crystal shutters S1, S2, and S3. A specific operation for displaying an image by the display device 1 will be described later.
　（表示装置１の動作）
　図６～図８を用いて、表示装置１の動作について説明する。図８は本発明の実施形態１に係る表示装置１の動作を説明する図である。図８の（ａ）はサブ画素に表示すべき表示データを表し、（ｂ）はカラーフィルタ部ＣＦを表し、（ｃ）は液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３を表し、（ｄ）はバックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３を表し、（ｄ）は表示状態を表す図である。 (Operation of display device 1)
The operation of the display device 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 8 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the display device 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. 8A shows display data to be displayed on the sub-pixels, FIG. 8B shows the color filter portion CF, FIG. 8C shows the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3, and FIG. 8D shows the backlight patterns BK1 to BK1. BK3 is shown, (d) is a diagram showing the display state.
　図８の（ａ）に示す表示データＤ１１，Ｄ１２，Ｄ２１，Ｄ２２は、従来の液晶表示装置においては、ＲＧＢのサブ画素から構成される画素に入力すべき表示データである。そして、表示データＲ１１，Ｒ１２，Ｒ２１，Ｒ２２は、赤色光を出射するサブ画素に入力すべき表示データであり、表示データＧ１１，Ｇ１２，Ｇ２１，Ｇ２２は、緑色光を出射するサブ画素に入力すべき表示データであり、表示データＢ１１，Ｂ１２，Ｂ２１，Ｂ２２は、青色光を出射するサブ画素に入力すべき表示データである。 The display data D11, D12, D21, and D22 shown in (a) of FIG. 8 are display data to be input to pixels composed of RGB sub-pixels in the conventional liquid crystal display device. The display data R11, R12, R21, and R22 are display data to be input to the sub-pixel that emits red light, and the display data G11, G12, G21, and G22 are input to the sub-pixel that emits green light. Display data B11, B12, B21, and B22 are display data to be input to the sub-pixels emitting blue light.
　表示装置１においては、表示パネル１０の液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３のそれぞれが、複数の発光部によって光の出射領域が分割されることで、画像が表示される。これにより、表示装置１は、液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３よりも細かい解像度を得ることができる。 In the display device 1, each of the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 of the display panel 10 divides a light emission region by a plurality of light emitting units, thereby displaying an image. Thereby, the display device 1 can obtain a resolution finer than that of the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3.
　本実施形態では、表示装置１は、液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３それぞれに、４つのＲＧＢ表示データを書き込み、ＲＧＢ画像を表示させる。 In the present embodiment, the display device 1 writes four RGB display data to each of the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 to display an RGB image.
　（１）時刻ｔ＝１のとき
　まず、バックライト３０の発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２のうち発光部Ｌ１１を点灯させ、液晶シャッターＳ１の開度（透過度）を表示データＲ１１に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ２の開度（透過度）を表示データＢ１１に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ３の開度（透過度）を表示データＧ１２に相当する開度とする。 (1) When time t = 1 First, among the light emitting portions L11, L12, L21, and L22 of the backlight 30, the light emitting portion L11 is turned on, and the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1 corresponds to the display data R11. The opening (transmission) of the liquid crystal shutter S2 is set as an opening corresponding to the display data B11, and the opening (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S3 is set as an opening corresponding to the display data G12.
　これにより、図６及び図７に示すように、光源部３２は出射光Ｐ１１を出射する。そして、バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３において、発光部Ｌ１１,Ｌ１２,Ｌ２１,Ｌ２２のうち、発光部Ｌ１１が出射光Ｐ１１を反射することで光ＰＬ１１を出射する。 Thereby, as shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, the light source unit 32 emits the outgoing light P11. Then, in the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3, among the light emitting portions L11, L12, L21, and L22, the light emitting portion L11 reflects the emitted light P11 to emit light PL11.
　図６～図８に示すように、バックライトパターンＢＫ１の発光部Ｌ１１から出射された光ＰＬ１１は、液晶シャッターＳ１及び赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１を透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１内の領域の一部（赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１及び発光部Ｌ１１の対応領域）に表示データＲ１１による赤色光ＲＬ１１が点灯する。 As shown in FIGS. 6 to 8, the light PL11 emitted from the light emitting part L11 of the backlight pattern BK1 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S1 and the red filter CFR11. Thereby, the red light RL11 by the display data R11 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding area of the red filter CFR11 and the light emitting portion L11).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ２の発光部Ｌ１１から出射された光ＰＬ１１は、液晶シャッターＳ２及び青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１を透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ２内の領域の一部（青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１及び発光部Ｌ１１の対応領域）に表示データＢ１１による青色光ＢＬ１１が点灯する。 Further, the light PL11 emitted from the light emitting part L11 of the backlight pattern BK2 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S2 and the blue filter CFB11. As a result, the blue light BL11 based on the display data B11 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S2 (corresponding region of the blue filter CFB11 and the light emitting unit L11).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ３の発光部Ｌ１１から出射された光ＰＬ１１は、液晶シャッターＳ３及び緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１２を透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ３内の領域の一部（緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１２及び発光部Ｌ１１の対応領域）に表示データＧ１２による緑色光ＧＬ１２が点灯する。 Further, the light PL11 emitted from the light emitting portion L11 of the backlight pattern BK3 is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3 and the green filter CFG12. As a result, the green light GL12 based on the display data G12 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S3 (corresponding region of the green filter CFG12 and the light emitting unit L11).
　（２）時刻ｔ＝２のとき
　時刻ｔ＝２において、時刻ｔ＝１時に表示したフレームの次のフレームを表示する際、バックライト３０の発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２のうち発光部Ｌ１２を点灯させ、液晶シャッターＳ１の開度（透過度）を表示データＧ１１に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ２の開度（透過度）を表示データＲ１２に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ３の開度（透過度）を表示データＢ１２に相当する開度とする。 (2) At time t = 2 At time t = 2, when displaying the next frame after the frame displayed at time t = 1, among the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22 of the backlight 30, the light emitting unit L12 Is turned on, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1 is set to an opening degree corresponding to the display data G11, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S2 is set to an opening degree corresponding to the display data R12, and the liquid crystal shutter S3 Let the opening degree (permeability) be an opening degree corresponding to the display data B12.
　これにより、図６及び図７に示すように、光源部３２は出射光Ｐ１２を出射する。そして、バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３において、発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２のうち、発光部Ｌ１２が出射光Ｐ１２を反射することで光ＰＬ１２を出射する。 Thereby, as shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, the light source unit 32 emits the outgoing light P12. In the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3, among the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22, the light emitting unit L12 reflects the emitted light P12 to emit the light PL12.
　図６～図８に示すように、バックライトパターンＢＫ１の発光部Ｌ１２から出射された光ＰＬ１２は、液晶シャッターＳ１及び緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１を透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１内の領域の一部（緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１及び発光部Ｌ１２の対応領域）に表示データＧ１１による緑色光ＧＬ１１が点灯する。 As shown in FIGS. 6 to 8, the light PL12 emitted from the light emitting portion L12 of the backlight pattern BK1 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S1 and the green filter CFG11. As a result, the green light GL11 based on the display data G11 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding region of the green filter CFG11 and the light emitting unit L12).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ２のＬ１２から出射された光ＰＬ１２は、液晶シャッターＳ２及び赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２を透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１内の領域の一部（赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２及び発光部Ｌ１２の対応領域）に表示データＲ１２による赤色光ＲＬ１２が点灯する。 Further, the light PL12 emitted from the L12 of the backlight pattern BK2 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S2 and the red filter CFR12. As a result, the red light RL12 based on the display data R12 is lit on a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding region of the red filter CFR12 and the light emitting unit L12).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ３の発光部Ｌ１２から出射された光ＰＬ１２は、液晶シャッターＳ３及び青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２を透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ３内の領域の一部（青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２及び発光部Ｌ１２の対応領域）に表示データＢ１２による青色光ＢＬ１２が点灯する。 Further, the light PL12 emitted from the light emitting portion L12 of the backlight pattern BK3 is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3 and the blue filter CFB12. As a result, the blue light BL12 based on the display data B12 is lit on a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S3 (corresponding region of the blue filter CFB12 and the light emitting unit L12).
　（３）時刻ｔ＝３のとき
　時刻ｔ＝３において、時刻ｔ＝２時に表示したフレームの次のフレームを表示する際、バックライト３０の光源部３２～３５（図２参照）のうち光源部３４を点灯させ、液晶シャッターＳ１の開度（透過度）を表示データＲ２１に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ２の開度（透過度）を表示データＢ２１に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ３の開度（透過度）を表示データＧ２２に相当する開度とする。 (3) At time t = 3 At time t = 3, when displaying the next frame after the frame displayed at time t = 2, the light source unit among the light source units 32 to 35 (see FIG. 2) of the backlight 30 34 is turned on, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1 is set to an opening degree corresponding to the display data R21, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S2 is set to an opening degree corresponding to the display data B21, and the liquid crystal shutter S3 is set. Is the opening corresponding to the display data G22.
　これにより、図６及び図７に示すように、光源部３４は出射光Ｐ２１を出射する。そして、バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３において、発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２のうち、発光部Ｌ２１が出射光Ｐ２１を反射することで光ＰＬ２１を出射する。 Thereby, as shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, the light source unit 34 emits the emitted light P21. In the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3, among the light emitting portions L11, L12, L21, and L22, the light emitting portion L21 reflects the emitted light P21 to emit light PL21.
　図６～図８に示すように、バックライトパターンＢＫ１の発光部Ｌ２１から出射された光ＰＬ２１は、液晶シャッターＳ１及び赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２１を透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１内の領域の一部（赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２１及び発光部Ｌ２１の対応領域）に表示データＲＬ２１による赤色光ＲＬ２１が点灯する。 As shown in FIGS. 6 to 8, the light PL21 emitted from the light emitting portion L21 of the backlight pattern BK1 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S1 and the red filter CFR21. Thereby, the red light RL21 by the display data RL21 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding area of the red filter CFR21 and the light emitting unit L21).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ２の発光部Ｌ２１から出射された光ＰＬ２１は、液晶シャッターＳ２及び青色フィルタＣＦＢ２１を透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１内の領域の一部（青色フィルタＣＦＢ２１及び発光部Ｌ２１の対応領域）に表示データＢ２１による青色光ＢＬ２１が点灯する。 Further, the light PL21 emitted from the light emitting portion L21 of the backlight pattern BK2 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S2 and the blue filter CFB21. As a result, the blue light BL21 based on the display data B21 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding region of the blue filter CFB21 and the light emitting unit L21).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ３の発光部Ｌ２１から出射された光ＰＬ２１は、液晶シャッターＳ３及び緑色フィルタＣＦＧ２２を透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ３内の領域の一部（緑色フィルタＣＦＧ２２及び発光部Ｌ２１の対応領域）に表示データＧ２２による緑色光ＧＬ２２が点灯する。 Further, the light PL21 emitted from the light emitting portion L21 of the backlight pattern BK3 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S3 and the green filter CFG22. Thereby, the green light GL22 by the display data G22 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S3 (corresponding region of the green filter CFG22 and the light emitting unit L21).
　（４）時刻ｔ＝４のとき
　時刻ｔ＝４において、時刻ｔ＝３時に表示したフレームの次のフレームを表示する際、バックライト３０の光源部３２～３５（図２参照）のうち光源部３５を点灯させ、液晶シャッターＳ１の開度（透過度）を表示データＧ２１に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ２の開度（透過度）を表示データＲ２２に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ３の開度（透過度）を表示データＢ２２に相当する開度とする。 (4) When time t = 4 At time t = 4, when displaying the next frame after the frame displayed at time t = 3, the light source unit among the light source units 32 to 35 (see FIG. 2) of the backlight 30 35 is turned on, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1 is set to an opening degree corresponding to the display data G21, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S2 is set to an opening degree corresponding to the display data R22, and the liquid crystal shutter S3 is set. Is the opening corresponding to the display data B22.
　これにより、図６及び図７に示すように、光源部３５は出射光Ｐ２２を出射する。そして、バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３において、発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２のうち、発光部Ｌ２２が出射光Ｐ２２を反射することで光ＰＬ２２を出射する。 Thereby, as shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, the light source unit 35 emits the outgoing light P22. In the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3, among the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22, the light emitting unit L22 reflects the emitted light P22 to emit the light PL22.
　図６～図８に示すように、バックライトパターンＢＫ１の発光部Ｌ２２から出射された光ＰＬ２１は、液晶シャッターＳ１及び緑色フィルタＣＦＧ２１を透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１内の領域の一部（緑色フィルタＣＦＧ２１及び発光部Ｌ２２の対応領域）に表示データＧＬ２１による緑色光ＧＬ２１が点灯する。 As shown in FIGS. 6 to 8, the light PL21 emitted from the light emitting portion L22 of the backlight pattern BK1 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S1 and the green filter CFG21. As a result, the green light GL21 based on the display data GL21 is lit on a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding region of the green filter CFG21 and the light emitting unit L22).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ２の発光部Ｌ２２から出射された光ＰＬ２２は、液晶シャッターＳ２及び赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２２を透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ２内の領域の一部（赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２２及び発光部Ｌ２２の対応領域）に表示データＲ２２による赤色光ＲＬ２２が点灯する。 Further, the light PL22 emitted from the light emitting portion L22 of the backlight pattern BK2 is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2 and the red filter CFR22. Thereby, the red light RL22 by the display data R22 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S2 (corresponding area of the red filter CFR22 and the light emitting portion L22).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ３の発光部Ｌ２２から出射された光ＰＬ２２は、液晶シャッターＳ３及び青色フィルタＣＦＢ２２を透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ３内の領域の一部（青色フィルタＣＦＢ２２及び発光部Ｌ２２の対応領域）に表示データＢ２２による青色光ＢＬ２２が点灯する。 Further, the light PL22 emitted from the light emitting portion L22 of the backlight pattern BK3 is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3 and the blue filter CFB22. Thereby, the blue light BL22 by the display data B22 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S3 (corresponding region of the blue filter CFB22 and the light emitting unit L22).
　（１）～（４）に示した一例のように、液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３のシーケンスと、液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３より細かく分割されたバックライトパターンＢＫ1～ＢＫ３の点灯のシーケンスを組み合わせることにより、表示データＲ１１・Ｇ１１・Ｂ１１を表示するサブ画素、表示データＲ１２・Ｇ１２・Ｂ１２を表示するサブ画素、表示データＲ２１・Ｇ２１・Ｂ２１を表示するサブ画素、及び、表示データＲ２２・Ｇ２２・Ｂ２２を表示するサブ画素をそれぞれ空間的に独立して点灯させることができる。すなわち、表示装置１によると、液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３よりも細かい解像度の表示画像を表示させることができる。 As in the example shown in (1) to (4), a combination of the sequence of the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 and the lighting sequence of the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3 divided more finely than the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 Display sub-pixels that display data R11, G11, and B11, sub-pixels that display display data R12, G12, and B12, sub-pixels that display display data R21, G21, and B21, and display data R22, G22, and B22 The sub-pixels can be turned on spatially independently. That is, according to the display device 1, it is possible to display a display image with a resolution finer than that of the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3.
　特に、本実施形態に係る表示装置１のバックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３は、液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３それぞれを４分割した領域に対応する発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２を備えているため、液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３よりも、Ｘ方向及びＹ方向の解像度を向上させることができる。 In particular, the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3 of the display device 1 according to the present embodiment include the light emitting portions L11, L12, L21, and L22 corresponding to the areas obtained by dividing the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 into four parts. The resolution in the X direction and the Y direction can be improved as compared with S1 to S3.
　上述した表示装置１においては、バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３における発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２のうち、ｔ＝１のときは発光部Ｌ１１のみを発光させ、ｔ＝２のときは発光部Ｌ１２のみを発光させ、ｔ＝３のときは発光部Ｌ２１のみを発光させ、ｔ＝４のときは発光部Ｌ２２のみを発光させるように説明した。 In the display device 1 described above, among the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22 in the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3, only the light emitting unit L11 emits light when t = 1, and the light emitting unit L12 when t = 2. Only the light emitting part L21 is emitted when t = 3, and only the light emitting part L22 is emitted when t = 4.
　しかし、発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２を発光させるタイミングはこれに限らず、発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２の何れか２つ以上が同時に発光するように、制御部５０（図１参照）がそれぞれの発光を制御してもよい。発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２は、独立してそれぞれ発光期間の制御が可能であるため、表示する画像に応じて種々のタイミングで発光させることができる。 However, the timing of causing the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22 to emit light is not limited to this, and the control unit 50 (see FIG. 1) so that any two or more of the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22 emit light simultaneously. ) May control each light emission. Since the light emitting sections L11, L12, L21, and L22 can independently control the light emission period, they can emit light at various timings according to the image to be displayed.
　また、発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２のうち１つだけを発光させる場合と比べて、発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２のうち２つ以上を同時に発光させることによって、１つあたりの発光部が点灯する期間を長くすることができる。 Moreover, compared with the case where only one of the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22 is caused to emit light, the light emission per unit is caused by simultaneously emitting two or more of the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22. The period during which the part is lit can be lengthened.
　具体的には、発光部の数をＮ個とし、１フレームの画像を表示する際に発光パターンが１通り現れる周期をＴとすると、発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２のうち１つだけ発光させる場合の発光期間はＴ／Ｎとなるが、発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２のうち複数の発光部を２つ以上同時に発光させる場合の発光期間は２Ｔ／Ｎより大きくなる。 Specifically, assuming that the number of light emitting units is N, and a period in which one light emission pattern appears when displaying one frame image is T, only one of the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22 emits light. The light emission period when the light emission is performed is T / N, but the light emission period when two or more light emission units among the light emission units L11, L12, L21, and L22 are caused to emit light simultaneously is longer than 2T / N.
　ここで、平均点灯率(発光期間を発光期間と消灯期間の和で除した値)にて両者を比較すると、前者は(Ｔ／Ｎ／（Ｔ）＝１／Ｎ)となり、後者は(２Ｔ／Ｎ／（Ｔ）＝２／Ｎ)より大きくなる。すなわち、後者のほうが、平均点灯率が高まることになり、前者に比べて最大輝度を高めることが可能となる効果をもたらす。 Here, when both are compared by the average lighting rate (the value obtained by dividing the light emission period by the sum of the light emission period and the light extinction period), the former is (T / N / (T) = 1 / N), and the latter is (2T / N / (T) = 2 / N). That is, the latter increases the average lighting rate and brings about an effect that the maximum luminance can be increased as compared with the former.
　（導光板３１の変形例）
　図９は、本発明の実施形態１に係る表示装置１の導光板が備えるプリズム構造の変形例を示す図である。 (Modification of light guide plate 31)
FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating a modification of the prism structure included in the light guide plate of the display device 1 according to the first embodiment of the invention.
　図９の（ａ）～（ｃ）に示すように、隣接するプリズムに対して、それぞれ高さｔ１～ｔ３を異ならせる構成であってもよい。これにより、光源部３２～３５からの光を、各発光部Ｌ１１・Ｌ１２・Ｌ２１・Ｌ２２が受けやすくすることができる。図９の（ａ）～（ｃ）では、バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３における発光部Ｌ２２を示し、当該発光部Ｌ２２は、導光板３１の出射面から裏面へ向けて突出する構成となっている。 As shown in FIGS. 9A to 9C, the heights t1 to t3 may be different from each other for the adjacent prisms. Thereby, the light from the light source parts 32 to 35 can be easily received by the light emitting parts L11, L12, L21, and L22. 9A to 9C show the light emitting portion L22 in the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3, and the light emitting portion L22 is configured to protrude from the exit surface of the light guide plate 31 toward the back surface.
　（表示装置１の効果）
　このように、表示装置１は、バックライト３０と、液晶シャッターＳ（液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３）と、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦとを備える。バックライト３０は、独立して光をドット状に出射する発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２が行列方向にマトリクス状に配置された導光板３１を備える。また、液晶シャッターＳ（液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３）は、バックライト３０から出射される光ＰＬ１１，ＰＬ１２，ＰＬ２１，ＰＬ２２の透過状態を制御し、行列方向にマトリクス状に配置されている。そして、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦは、液晶シャッターＳ（液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３）が透過した光のうち、赤色光を透過する赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１，ＣＦＲ１２，ＣＦＲ２１，ＣＦＲ２２と、緑色光を透過する緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１，ＣＦＧ１２，ＣＦＧ２１，ＣＦＧ２２と、青色光を透過する青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１，ＣＦＢ１２，ＣＦＢ２１，ＣＦＢ２２とが行列方向に配置されている。 (Effect of display device 1)
Thus, the display device 1 includes the backlight 30, the liquid crystal shutter S (liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3), and the color filter unit CF. The backlight 30 includes a light guide plate 31 in which light emitting portions L11, L12, L21, and L22 that independently emit light in a dot shape are arranged in a matrix in the matrix direction. Further, the liquid crystal shutters S (liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3) control the transmission state of the light PL11, PL12, PL21, and PL22 emitted from the backlight 30, and are arranged in a matrix in the matrix direction. The color filter unit CF includes red filters CFR11, CFR12, CFR21, and CFR22 that transmit red light, and green filters CFG11 that transmit green light, among the light transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S (liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3). CFG12, CFG21, and CFG22 and blue filters CFB11, CFB12, CFB21, and CFB22 that transmit blue light are arranged in a matrix direction.
　そして、平面視したとき、行方向及び列方向において、液晶シャッターＳ（液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３）は、それぞれ、複数の発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２を覆っている。この発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２は、それぞれ、独立して、光ＰＬ１１，ＰＬ１２，ＰＬ２１，ＰＬ２２を出射することができる。 When viewed in plan, the liquid crystal shutters S (liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3) cover the plurality of light emitting portions L11, L12, L21, and L22 in the row direction and the column direction, respectively. The light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22 can independently emit light PL11, PL12, PL21, and PL22, respectively.
　このため、表示装置１は、行列方向において、液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３よりも高い解像度の画像を表示することができる。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３の微細化に伴う配線等の微細化を抑制することができる。この結果、製造時の歩留り低下を抑制することができる。 Therefore, the display device 1 can display an image having a higher resolution than the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 in the matrix direction. As a result, the miniaturization of the wiring and the like accompanying the miniaturization of the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 can be suppressed. As a result, it is possible to suppress a decrease in yield during manufacturing.
　上述したように、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦは液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３を覆っており、特に、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１，ＣＦＲ２１、及び、緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１，ＣＦＧ２１は液晶シャッターＳ１を覆っており、青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１，ＣＦＢ２１、及び、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２１，ＣＦＲ２２は液晶シャッターＳ２を覆っており、緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１２，ＣＦＧ２２、及び、青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２，ＣＦＢ２２は液晶シャッターＳ３を覆っている。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３よりも解像度を向上させつつ、カラー画像を表示することができる。 As described above, the color filter section CF covers the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3. In particular, the red filters CFR11 and CFR21 and the green filters CFG11 and CFG21 cover the liquid crystal shutter S1, and the blue filters CFB11, CFB21, The red filters CFR21 and CFR22 cover the liquid crystal shutter S2, and the green filters CFG12 and CFG22 and the blue filters CFB12 and CFB22 cover the liquid crystal shutter S3. This makes it possible to display a color image while improving the resolution over the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3.
　また、導光板３１は、液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３へ出射される光の出射面３１ａと、出射面３１ａを支持し、互いに異なる面である第１側部３１ｃ、第２側部３１ｄ、第３側部３１ｅ、及び、第４側部３１ｆとを含む。そして、発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２は、互いに隣接配置され、発光部Ｌ１１は第１側部３１ｃからの入射光を液晶シャッターＳへ向けて反射することで発光し、発光部Ｌ１２は第２側部３１ｄからの入射光を液晶シャッターＳへ向けて反射することで発光し、発光部Ｌ２１は第３側部３１ｅからの入射光を液晶シャッターＳへ向けて反射することで発光し、発光部Ｌ２２は第４側部３１ｆからの入射光を液晶シャッターＳへ向けて反射することで発光する。このようにして、発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２は独立して、また、それぞれ、異なるタイミングで発光が可能である。 The light guide plate 31 supports the light emission surface 31a and the light emission surface 31a of the light emitted to the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3, and the first side portion 31c, the second side portion 31d, and the third side, which are different surfaces. Part 31e and fourth side part 31f. The light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22 are arranged adjacent to each other. The light emitting unit L11 emits light by reflecting incident light from the first side portion 31c toward the liquid crystal shutter S, and the light emitting unit L12 Light is emitted by reflecting incident light from the second side portion 31d toward the liquid crystal shutter S, and the light emitting portion L21 emits light by reflecting incident light from the third side portion 31e toward the liquid crystal shutter S to emit light. The part L22 emits light by reflecting the incident light from the fourth side part 31f toward the liquid crystal shutter S. In this manner, the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22 can emit light independently and at different timings.
　〔実施形態２〕
　本発明の実施形態２について、図１０に基づいて説明すれば、以下のとおりである。なお、説明の便宜上、前記実施形態にて説明した部材と同じ機能を有する部材については、同じ符号を付記し、その説明を省略する。 [Embodiment 2]
The following describes Embodiment 2 of the present invention with reference to FIG. For convenience of explanation, members having the same functions as those described in the embodiment are given the same reference numerals, and descriptions thereof are omitted.
　図１０は本発明の実施形態２に係る表示装置１の動作を説明する図である。図１０の（ａ）はサブ画素に表示すべき表示データを表し、（ｂ）はカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＡを表し、（ｃ）は液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３を表し、（ｄ）はバックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３を表し、（ｄ）は表示状態を表す図である。 FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the display device 1 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. 10A shows display data to be displayed on the sub-pixels, FIG. 10B shows the color filter CFA, FIG. 10C shows the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3, and FIG. 10D shows the backlight patterns BK1 to BK1. BK3 is shown, (d) is a diagram showing the display state.
　本実施形態に係る表示装置１は、実施形態１にて説明したカラーフィルタ部ＣＦに換えて、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＡを備えている。なお、本実施形態に係る表示装置１が備える液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３、及び、バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３は、実施形態１にて説明した表示装置１と同様である。 The display device 1 according to the present embodiment includes a color filter unit CFA instead of the color filter unit CF described in the first embodiment. Note that the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 and the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3 included in the display device 1 according to the present embodiment are the same as those of the display device 1 described in the first embodiment.
　カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＡは、液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３それぞれの領域内において、Ｙ方向に並ぶようにはフィルター部が液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３を各領域に分割するように配置されておらず、Ｘ方向にだけ並ぶようにフィルター部が液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３を各領域に分割するように配置された構成である。 The color filter CFA is not arranged so as to divide the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 into the respective regions so as to be aligned in the Y direction in each region of the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3, but only in the X direction. In this configuration, the filter units are arranged so as to divide the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 into respective regions so as to be arranged.
　すなわち、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＡは、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１Ａ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１Ａ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１Ａ，赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２Ａ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１２Ａ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２Ａ・・・が順にＸ方向に並んで配置されている。なお、図１０には図示しないが、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１Ａ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１Ａ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１Ａ，赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２Ａ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１２Ａ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２Ａ・・・の周囲にはブラックマトリクスＢＭ（図４参照）が配置されている。 That is, in the color filter unit CFA, a red filter CFR11A, a green filter CFG11A, a blue filter CFB11A, a red filter CFR12A, a green filter CFG12A, a blue filter CFB12A,. Although not shown in FIG. 10, a black matrix BM (see FIG. 4) is arranged around the red filter CFR11A, the green filter CFG11A, the blue filter CFB11A, the red filter CFR12A, the green filter CFG12A, the blue filter CFB12A,. Has been.
　赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１Ａ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１Ａ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１Ａ，赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２Ａ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１２Ａ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２Ａ・・・のＹ方向の長さは液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３のＹ方向の長さと略同一であり、Ｘ方向の長さは、液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３それぞれのＸ方向の長さの半分と略同一である。 The red filter CFR11A, green filter CFG11A, blue filter CFB11A, red filter CFR12A, green filter CFG12A, blue filter CFB12A... The length in the direction is substantially the same as half the length in the X direction of each of the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3.
　赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１Ａ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１Ａ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１Ａ，赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２Ａ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１２Ａ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２Ａ・・・は、それぞれ、Ｙ方向に並ぶ発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ２１、又は、Ｌ１２，Ｌ２２に跨って重なるように一体として繋がって延伸している。 The red filter CFR11A, the green filter CFG11A, the blue filter CFB11A, the red filter CFR12A, the green filter CFG12A, the blue filter CFB12A,... It is connected as a unit and stretched.
　これにより、バックライトＢＫ１の発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ２１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２２単位で各色のフィルタ部を設ける場合と比べて、各色のフィルタ部の高精細化に伴う製造時の歩留り低下を防止することができる。 Thereby, compared with the case where the filter parts of each color are provided in units of the light emitting parts L11, L21, L12, and L22 of the backlight BK1, it is possible to prevent a decrease in manufacturing yield due to high definition of the filter parts of each color. .
　さらに、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１Ａ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１Ａ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１Ａ，赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２Ａ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１２Ａ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２Ａ・・・は、それぞれ、Ｙ方向に並ぶ液晶シャッターに跨って重なるように一体として繋がって延伸していてもよい。 Further, the red filter CFR11A, the green filter CFG11A, the blue filter CFB11A, the red filter CFR12A, the green filter CFG12A, the blue filter CFB12A,... Are connected and extended so as to overlap over the liquid crystal shutters arranged in the Y direction. It may be.
　また、さらに、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１Ａ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１Ａ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１Ａ，赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２Ａ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１２Ａ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２Ａ・・・の延伸方向は、Ｙ方向ではなくＸ方向に、液晶シャッター及び発光部の少なくとも一方に跨って重なるように、一体として繋がって延伸していてもよい。 Further, the extending direction of the red filter CFR11A, the green filter CFG11A, the blue filter CFB11A, the red filter CFR12A, the green filter CFG12A, the blue filter CFB12A,... You may extend | stretch by connecting as one so that it may straddle over one side.
　これらによっても、各色のフィルタ部の高精細化に伴う製造時の歩留り低下を防止することができる。 Also with these, it is possible to prevent a decrease in yield during manufacturing due to high definition of the filter portions of each color.
　（１）時刻ｔ＝１のとき
　まず、バックライト３０の光源部３２～３５（図２参照）のうち光源部３２を点灯させ、液晶シャッターＳ１の開度（透過度）を表示データＲ１１に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ２の開度（透過度）を表示データＢ１１に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ３の開度（透過度）を表示データＧ１２に相当する開度とする。 (1) When time t = 1 First, among the light source units 32 to 35 (see FIG. 2) of the backlight 30, the light source unit 32 is turned on, and the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1 corresponds to the display data R11. The opening (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S2 is set as an opening corresponding to the display data B11, and the opening (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S3 is set as an opening corresponding to the display data G12.
　これにより、図６及び図７に示すように、光源部３２は出射光Ｐ１１を出射する。そして、バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３において、発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２のうち、発光部Ｌ１１が出射光Ｐ１１を反射することで光ＰＬ１１を出射する。 Thereby, as shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, the light source unit 32 emits the outgoing light P11. In the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3, among the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22, the light emitting unit L11 reflects the emitted light P11 to emit light PL11.
　図６、図７及び図１０に示すように、バックライトパターンＢＫ１の発光部Ｌ１１から出射された光ＰＬ１１は、液晶シャッターＳ１及び赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１Ａを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１内の領域の一部（発光部Ｌ１１の対応領域）に表示データＲ１１による赤色光ＲＬ１１が点灯する。 As shown in FIGS. 6, 7 and 10, the light PL11 emitted from the light emitting portion L11 of the backlight pattern BK1 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S1 and the red filter CFR11A. As a result, the red light RL11 based on the display data R11 is lit on a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding region of the light emitting unit L11).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ２の発光部Ｌ１１から出射された光ＰＬ１１は、液晶シャッターＳ２及び青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１Ａを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ２内の領域の一部（発光部Ｌ１１の対応領域）に表示データＢ１１による青色光ＢＬ１１が点灯する。 Further, the light PL11 emitted from the light emitting part L11 of the backlight pattern BK2 is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2 and the blue filter CFB11A. As a result, the blue light BL11 based on the display data B11 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S2 (corresponding region of the light emitting unit L11).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ３の発光部Ｌ１１から出射された光ＰＬ１１は、液晶シャッターＳ３及び緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１２Ａを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ３内の領域の一部（発光部Ｌ１１の対応領域）に表示データＧ１２による緑色光ＧＬ１２が点灯する。 Further, the light PL11 emitted from the light emitting part L11 of the backlight pattern BK3 is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3 and the green filter CFG12A. As a result, the green light GL12 based on the display data G12 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S3 (corresponding area of the light emitting unit L11).
　（２）時刻ｔ＝２のとき
　時刻ｔ＝２において、時刻ｔ＝１時に表示したフレームの次のフレームを表示する際、バックライト３０の光源部３２～３５（図２参照）のうち光源部３３を点灯させ、液晶シャッターＳ１の開度（透過度）を表示データＧ１１に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ２の開度（透過度）を表示データＲ１２に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ３の開度（透過度）を表示データＢ１２に相当する開度とする。 (2) When time t = 2 At time t = 2, when displaying the next frame after the frame displayed at time t = 1, the light source unit among the light source units 32 to 35 (see FIG. 2) of the backlight 30 33 is turned on, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1 is set to an opening degree corresponding to the display data G11, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S2 is set to an opening degree corresponding to the display data R12, and the liquid crystal shutter S3 is set. Is the opening corresponding to the display data B12.
　これにより、図６及び図７に示すように、光源部３３は出射光Ｐ１２を出射する。そして、バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３において、発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２のうち、発光部Ｌ１２が出射光Ｐ１２を反射することで光ＰＬ１２を出射する。 Thereby, as shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, the light source unit 33 emits the outgoing light P12. In the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3, among the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22, the light emitting unit L12 reflects the emitted light P12 to emit the light PL12.
　図６、図７及び図１０に示すように、バックライトパターンＢＫ１の発光部Ｌ１２から出射された光ＰＬ１２は、液晶シャッターＳ１及び緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１Ａを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１内の領域の一部（発光部Ｌ１２の対応領域）に表示データＧ１１による緑色光ＧＬ１１が点灯する。 As shown in FIGS. 6, 7 and 10, the light PL12 emitted from the light emitting portion L12 of the backlight pattern BK1 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S1 and the green filter CFG11A. As a result, the green light GL11 based on the display data G11 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding area of the light emitting unit L12).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ２の発光部Ｌ１２から出射された光ＰＬ１２は、液晶シャッターＳ２及び赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２Ａを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１内の領域の一部（発光部Ｌ１２の対応領域）に表示データＲ１２による赤色光ＲＬ１２が点灯する。 Further, the light PL12 emitted from the light emitting part L12 of the backlight pattern BK2 is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2 and the red filter CFR12A. As a result, the red light RL12 based on the display data R12 is lit on a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding region of the light emitting unit L12).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ３の発光部Ｌ１２から出射された光ＰＬ１２は、液晶シャッターＳ３及び青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２Ａを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ３内の領域の一部（発光部Ｌ１２の対応領域）に表示データＢ１２による青色光ＢＬ１２が点灯する。 Further, the light PL12 emitted from the light emitting portion L12 of the backlight pattern BK3 is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3 and the blue filter CFB12A. As a result, the blue light BL12 based on the display data B12 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S3 (corresponding area of the light emitting unit L12).
　（３）時刻ｔ＝３のとき
　時刻ｔ＝３において、時刻ｔ＝２時に表示したフレームの次のフレームを表示する際、バックライト３０の光源部３２～３５（図２参照）のうち光源部３４を点灯させ、液晶シャッターＳ１の開度（透過度）を表示データＲ２１に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ２の開度（透過度）を表示データＢ２１に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ３の開度（透過度）を表示データＧ２２に相当する開度とする。 (3) At time t = 3 At time t = 3, when displaying the next frame after the frame displayed at time t = 2, the light source unit among the light source units 32 to 35 (see FIG. 2) of the backlight 30 34 is turned on, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1 is set to an opening degree corresponding to the display data R21, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S2 is set to an opening degree corresponding to the display data B21, and the liquid crystal shutter S3 is set. Is the opening corresponding to the display data G22.
　これにより、図６及び図７に示すように、光源部３４は出射光Ｐ２１を出射する。そして、バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３において、発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２のうち、発光部Ｌ２１が出射光Ｐ２１を反射することで光ＰＬ２１を出射する。 Thereby, as shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, the light source unit 34 emits the emitted light P21. In the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3, among the light emitting portions L11, L12, L21, and L22, the light emitting portion L21 reflects the emitted light P21 to emit light PL21.
　図６～図８に示すように、バックライトパターンＢＫ１の発光部Ｌ２１から出射された光ＰＬ２１は、液晶シャッターＳ１及び赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１Ａを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１内の領域の一部（発光部Ｌ２１の対応領域）に表示データＲＬ２１による赤色光ＲＬ２１が点灯する。 As shown in FIGS. 6 to 8, the light PL21 emitted from the light emitting portion L21 of the backlight pattern BK1 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S1 and the red filter CFR11A. Thereby, the red light RL21 by the display data RL21 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding area of the light emitting unit L21).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ２の発光部Ｌ２１から出射された光ＰＬ２１は、液晶シャッターＳ２及び青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１Ａを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１内の領域の一部（発光部Ｌ２１の対応領域）に表示データＢ２１による青色光ＢＬ２１が点灯する。 Further, the light PL21 emitted from the light emitting portion L21 of the backlight pattern BK2 is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2 and the blue filter CFB11A. Thereby, the blue light BL21 based on the display data B21 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding area of the light emitting unit L21).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ３の２１から出射された光ＰＬ２１は、液晶シャッターＳ３及び緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１２Ａを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ３内の領域の一部（発光部Ｌ２１の対応領域）に表示データＧ２２による緑色光ＧＬ２２が点灯する。 Further, the light PL21 emitted from the backlight pattern BK3 21 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S3 and the green filter CFG12A. As a result, the green light GL22 based on the display data G22 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S3 (corresponding region of the light emitting unit L21).
　（４）時刻ｔ＝４のとき
　時刻ｔ＝４において、時刻ｔ＝３時に表示したフレームの次のフレームを表示する際、バックライト３０の光源部３２～３５（図２参照）のうち光源部３５を点灯させ、液晶シャッターＳ１の開度（透過度）を表示データＧ２１に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ２の開度（透過度）を表示データＲ２２に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ３の開度（透過度）を表示データＢ２２に相当する開度とする。 (4) When time t = 4 At time t = 4, when displaying the next frame after the frame displayed at time t = 3, the light source unit among the light source units 32 to 35 (see FIG. 2) of the backlight 30 35 is turned on, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1 is set to an opening degree corresponding to the display data G21, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S2 is set to an opening degree corresponding to the display data R22, and the liquid crystal shutter S3 is set. Is the opening corresponding to the display data B22.
　これにより、図６及び図７に示すように、光源部３５は出射光Ｐ２２を出射する。そして、バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３において、発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２のうち、発光部Ｌ２２が出射光Ｐ２２を反射することで光ＰＬ２２を出射する。 Thereby, as shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, the light source unit 35 emits the outgoing light P22. In the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3, among the light emitting units L11, L12, L21, and L22, the light emitting unit L22 reflects the emitted light P22 to emit the light PL22.
　図６、図７及び図１０に示すように、バックライトパターンＢＫ１の発光部Ｌ２２から出射された光ＰＬ２１は、液晶シャッターＳ１及び緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１Ａを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１内の領域の一部（発光部Ｌ２２の対応領域）に表示データＧＬ２１による緑色光ＧＬ２１が点灯する。 As shown in FIGS. 6, 7 and 10, the light PL21 emitted from the light emitting portion L22 of the backlight pattern BK1 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S1 and the green filter CFG11A. Thereby, the green light GL21 by the display data GL21 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S1 (corresponding area of the light emitting unit L22).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ２の発光部Ｌ２２から出射された光ＰＬ２２は、液晶シャッターＳ２及び赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２Ａを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ２内の領域の一部（発光部Ｌ２２の対応領域）に表示データＲ２２による赤色光ＲＬ２２が点灯する。 Further, the light PL22 emitted from the light emitting portion L22 of the backlight pattern BK2 passes through the liquid crystal shutter S2 and the red filter CFR12A. As a result, the red light RL22 based on the display data R22 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S2 (corresponding area of the light emitting unit L22).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ３の発光部Ｌ２２から出射された光ＰＬ２２は、液晶シャッターＳ３及び青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２Ａを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ３内の領域の一部（発光部Ｌ２２の対応領域）に表示データＢ２２による青色光ＢＬ２２が点灯する。 Further, the light PL22 emitted from the light emitting portion L22 of the backlight pattern BK3 is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3 and the blue filter CFB12A. Thereby, the blue light BL22 by the display data B22 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S3 (corresponding area of the light emitting unit L22).
　特に、本実施形態に係る表示装置１のバックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３は、液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３それぞれを４分割した領域に対応する発光部Ｌ１１，Ｌ１２，Ｌ２１，Ｌ２２を備えているため、液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３よりも、Ｘ方向及びＹ方向の解像度を向上させることができる。 In particular, the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3 of the display device 1 according to the present embodiment include the light emitting portions L11, L12, L21, and L22 corresponding to the areas obtained by dividing the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 into four parts. The resolution in the X direction and the Y direction can be improved as compared with S1 to S3.
　液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３よりも、Ｘ方向及びＹ方向の解像度を向上させることができる。 The resolution in the X direction and the Y direction can be improved as compared with the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3.
　〔実施形態３〕
　本発明の実施形態３について、図１１～図１３に基づいて説明すれば、以下のとおりである。なお、説明の便宜上、実施形態１、２にて説明した部材と同じ機能を有する部材については、同じ符号を付記し、その説明を省略する。 [Embodiment 3]
The third embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS. For convenience of explanation, members having the same functions as those described in the first and second embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.
　図１１は本発明の実施形態３に係る表示装置１の動作を説明する図である。図１１の（ａ）はサブ画素に表示すべき表示データを表し、（ｂ）はカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＢを表し、（ｃ）は液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂ～Ｓ３Ｂを表し、（ｄ）はバックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂ～ＢＫ３Ｂを表し、（ｄ）は表示状態を表す図である。 FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the display device 1 according to the third embodiment of the present invention. 11A shows display data to be displayed on the sub-pixel, FIG. 11B shows the color filter portion CFB, FIG. 11C shows the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B, and FIG. 11D shows the backlight pattern BK1B˜. BK3B is shown, (d) is a diagram showing the display state.
　本実施形態に係る表示装置１は、実施形態１にて説明したカラーフィルタ部ＣＦ，液晶シャッターＳ、及び、バックライトパターンＢＫに換えて、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＢ、液晶シャッターＳＢ、及び、バックライトパターンＢＫＢを備えている。 The display device 1 according to the present embodiment replaces the color filter unit CF, the liquid crystal shutter S, and the backlight pattern BK described in the first embodiment with a color filter unit CFB, a liquid crystal shutter SB, and a backlight pattern. BKB is provided.
　バックライトパターンＢＫＢは、行列方向に並んで配置されている。バックライトパターンＢＫＢのうち、後述する液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂ～Ｓ３Ｂそれぞれと重なるバックライトパターンＢＫＢを、バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂ，ＢＫ２Ｂ，ＢＫ３Ｂと称する場合がある。バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂ，ＢＫ２Ｂ，ＢＫ３Ｂは、順に行方向に並んで配置されている。 The backlight pattern BKB is arranged side by side in the matrix direction. Of the backlight patterns BKB, backlight patterns BKB that overlap with liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B described later may be referred to as backlight patterns BK1B, BK2B, and BK3B. The backlight patterns BK1B, BK2B, and BK3B are sequentially arranged in the row direction.
　バックライトパターンＢＫＢは、それぞれ、光源部から出射された光を、表示パネル１０が配置された方向（Ｚ方向）へ反射することで発光する発光部Ｌ１Ｂ、発光部Ｌ２Ｂを備えている。発光部Ｌ１Ｂは光ＰＬ１を発光し、発光部Ｌ２Ｂは光ＰＬ２を発光する。 The backlight pattern BKB includes a light emitting unit L1B and a light emitting unit L2B that emit light by reflecting light emitted from the light source unit in a direction (Z direction) in which the display panel 10 is disposed. The light emitting unit L1B emits light PL1, and the light emitting unit L2B emits light PL2.
　なお、バックライトパターンＢＫＢの詳細な構成は図１２及び図１３を用いて後述する。 The detailed configuration of the backlight pattern BKB will be described later with reference to FIGS.
　各発光部Ｌ１Ｂ、発光部Ｌ２Ｂは、表示装置１が表示する画像を構成する最小単位のドットである。本実施形態においては、表示装置１は、後述する液晶シャッターＳにおける、発光部Ｌ１Ｂ、発光部Ｌ２Ｂのどちらかと重なっている領域がサブ画素である。 Each light emitting part L1B and light emitting part L2B are dots of the minimum unit constituting an image displayed on the display device 1. In the present embodiment, in the display device 1, a region that overlaps one of the light emitting unit L1B and the light emitting unit L2B in the liquid crystal shutter S described later is a sub-pixel.
　液晶シャッターＳＢ（Ｓ１Ｂ，Ｓ２Ｂ，Ｓ３Ｂ・・・）は、ＸＹ方向にマトリクス状に並んで配置されている。液晶シャッターＳＢは、Ｙ方向の長さが、液晶シャッターＳ（図１０の（ｃ）等参照）より短い点で液晶シャッターＳと異なる。液晶シャッターＳＢの他の構成は液晶シャッターＳと同様である。 The liquid crystal shutters SB (S1B, S2B, S3B...) Are arranged in a matrix in the XY direction. The liquid crystal shutter SB differs from the liquid crystal shutter S in that the length in the Y direction is shorter than that of the liquid crystal shutter S (see (c) in FIG. 10). Other configurations of the liquid crystal shutter SB are the same as those of the liquid crystal shutter S.
　カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＢは、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦと同様に、順にＸ方向に並び、赤（Ｒ）色光を透過する赤色フィルタと、緑（Ｇ）色光を透過する緑色フィルタと、青（Ｂ）色光を透過する青色フィルタとからなるカラーフィルタが、ＸＹ方向にマトリクス状に配置されている。そして、赤色フィルタと、緑色フィルタと、青色フィルタとの周囲には、光を遮光するブラックマトリクスＢＭが配置されている。 Similarly to the color filter unit CF, the color filter unit CFB is arranged in order in the X direction, and transmits a red filter that transmits red (R) color light, a green filter that transmits green (G) color light, and blue (B) color light. Color filters composed of a blue filter that transmits light are arranged in a matrix in the XY directions. A black matrix BM that blocks light is arranged around the red filter, the green filter, and the blue filter.
　カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＢは、液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３それぞれの領域内において、Ｙ方向に並ぶようにはフィルター部が液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３を各領域に分割するように配置されておらず、Ｘ方向にだけ並ぶようにフィルター部が液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３を各領域に分割するように配置された構成である。 The color filter portion CFB is not arranged so that the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 are divided into each region so as to be aligned in the Y direction in each region of the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3, but only in the X direction. In this configuration, the filter units are arranged so as to divide the liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3 into respective regions so as to be arranged.
　すなわち、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＢは、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１Ｂ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１Ｂ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１Ｂ，赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２Ｂ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１２Ｂ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２Ｂ・・・が順にＸ方向に並んで配置されている。なお、図１１には図示しないが、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１Ｂ,緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１Ｂ,青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１Ｂ，赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２Ｂ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１２Ｂ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２Ｂ・・・の周囲にはブラックマトリクスＢＭが配置されている。 That is, in the color filter portion CFB, a red filter CFR11B, a green filter CFG11B, a blue filter CFB11B, a red filter CFR12B, a green filter CFG12B, a blue filter CFB12B,. Although not shown in FIG. 11, a black matrix BM is arranged around the red filter CFR11B, the green filter CFG11B, the blue filter CFB11B, the red filter CFR12B, the green filter CFG12B, the blue filter CFB12B,.
　赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１Ｂ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１Ｂ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１Ｂ，赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２Ｂ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１２Ｂ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２Ｂ・・・のＹ方向の長さは液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂ～Ｓ３ＢのＹ方向の長さと略同一であり、Ｘ方向の長さは、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂ～Ｓ３ＢそれぞれのＸ方向の長さの半分と略同一である。 The length of the red filter CFR11B, the green filter CFG11B, the blue filter CFB11B, the red filter CFR12B, the green filter CFG12B, the blue filter CFB12B,... Is substantially the same as the length of the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B in the Y direction. The length in the direction is substantially the same as half the length in the X direction of each of the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B.
　平面視において、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂの領域内であって液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂの下方にバックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂが配置されており、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｂの領域内であって液晶シャッターＳ２Ｂの下方にバックライトパターンＢＫ２Ｂが配置されており、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｂの領域内であって液晶シャッターＳ３Ｂの下方にバックライトパターンＢＫ３Ｂが配置されている。 In a plan view, the backlight pattern BK1B is arranged in the area of the liquid crystal shutter S1B and below the liquid crystal shutter S1B, and the backlight pattern BK2B is arranged in the area of the liquid crystal shutter S2B and below the liquid crystal shutter S2B. The backlight pattern BK3B is arranged in the region of the liquid crystal shutter S3B and below the liquid crystal shutter S3B.
　液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂを介して、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１ＢはバックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂの発光部Ｌ１Ｂと重なって配置されており、緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１ＢはバックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂの発光部Ｌ２Ｂと重なって配置されている。 Through the liquid crystal shutter S1B, the red filter CFR11B is disposed so as to overlap with the light emitting portion L1B of the backlight pattern BK1B, and the green filter CFG11B is disposed so as to overlap with the light emitting portion L2B of the backlight pattern BK1B.
　液晶シャッターＳ２Ｂを介して、青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１ＢはバックライトパターンＢＫ２Ｂの発光部Ｌ１Ｂと重なって配置されており、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２ＢはバックライトパターンＢＫ２Ｂの発光部Ｌ２Ｂと重なって配置されている。 Through the liquid crystal shutter S2B, the blue filter CFB11B is disposed so as to overlap with the light emitting portion L1B of the backlight pattern BK2B, and the red filter CFR12B is disposed so as to overlap with the light emitting portion L2B of the backlight pattern BK2B.
　液晶シャッターＳ３Ｂを介して、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２Ｂ緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１２ＢはバックライトパターンＢＫ３Ｂの発光部Ｌ１Ｂと重なって配置されており、青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２ＢはバックライトパターンＢＫ３Ｂの発光部Ｌ２Ｂと重なって配置されている。 Through the liquid crystal shutter S3B, the red filter CFR12B and the green filter CFG12B are disposed so as to overlap with the light emitting portion L1B of the backlight pattern BK3B, and the blue filter CFB12B is disposed so as to overlap with the light emitting portion L2B of the backlight pattern BK3B.
　このように、１つの液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂ～Ｓ３Ｂの何れかを、複数のフィルター部である、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１Ｂ及び緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１Ｂ、又は、青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１Ｂ及び赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２Ｂ、又は、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２Ｂ及び青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２Ｂの何れか覆っているため、高精細なカラー画像の表示を行うことができる。 As described above, any one of the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B is replaced with a plurality of filter units, that is, a red filter CFR11B and a green filter CFG11B, a blue filter CFB11B and a red filter CFR12B, or a red filter CFR12B and a blue filter CFB12B. Therefore, a high-definition color image can be displayed.
　また、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１Ｂ及び緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１Ｂ、又は、青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１Ｂ及び赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２Ｂ、又は、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２Ｂ及び青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２Ｂは、１つの液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂ～Ｓ３Ｂの何れかが覆う全ての発光部Ｌ１Ｂ，Ｌ２Ｂ単位ごとに設けられている。これにより、色再現性が高いカラー画像の表示を行うことができる。 The red filter CFR11B and the green filter CFG11B, or the blue filter CFB11B and the red filter CFR12B, or the red filter CFR12B and the blue filter CFB12B are all light emitting portions L1B and L2B covered by any one of the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B. It is provided for each unit. Thereby, a color image with high color reproducibility can be displayed.
　次に、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂ～Ｓ３Ｂに対し、Ｘ方向に２つのＲＧＢのデータによる画像を表示させる動作について説明する。 Next, an operation for displaying images of two RGB data in the X direction on the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B will be described.
　（１）時刻ｔ＝１のとき
　まず、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂの開度（透過度）を表示データＲ１に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｂを表示データＢ１に相当する開度（透過度）とし、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｂの開度（透過度）を表示データＧ２に相当する開度（透過度）とする。また、バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂ～ＢＫ３Ｂそれぞれの発光部Ｌ１Ｂ・Ｌ２Ｂのうち、発光部Ｌ１Ｂを発光させることで光ＰＬ１（図１３参照）を出射させる。 (1) At time t = 1 First, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1B is set as an opening degree corresponding to the display data R1, and the liquid crystal shutter S2B is set as an opening degree (transmittance) corresponding to the display data B1. The opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S3B is set as an opening degree (transmittance) corresponding to the display data G2. Further, among the light emitting portions L1B and L2B of the backlight patterns BK1B to BK3B, the light PL1 (see FIG. 13) is emitted by causing the light emitting portion L1B to emit light.
　これにより、バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂの発光部Ｌ１Ｂから出射した光ＰＬ１は、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂ及び赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１Ｂを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂ内の領域の一部（赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１１Ｂ及び発光部Ｌ１Ｂの対応領域）に表示データＲ１による赤色光ＲＬ１が点灯する。 Thereby, the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1B of the backlight pattern BK1B is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1B and the red filter CFR11B. As a result, the red light RL1 based on the display data R1 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1B (corresponding region of the red filter CFR11B and the light emitting unit L1B).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ２Ｂの発光部Ｌ１Ｂから出射された光ＰＬ１は、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｂ及び青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１Ｂを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｂ内の領域の一部（青色フィルタＣＦＢ１１Ｂ及び発光部Ｌ１Ｂの対応領域）に表示データＢ１による青色光ＢＬ１が点灯する。 Further, the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1B of the backlight pattern BK2B is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2B and the blue filter CFB11B. As a result, the blue light BL1 based on the display data B1 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S2B (corresponding region of the blue filter CFB11B and the light emitting portion L1B).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ３Ｂの発光部Ｌ１Ｂから出射された光ＰＬ１Ｂは、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｂ及び緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１２Ｂを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｂ内の領域の一部（緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１２Ｂ及び発光部Ｌ１Ｂの対応領域）に表示データＧ２による緑色光ＧＬ２が点灯する。 Also, the light PL1B emitted from the light emitting portion L1B of the backlight pattern BK3B is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3B and the green filter CFG12B. Thereby, the green light GL2 by the display data G2 is turned on in a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S3B (corresponding area of the green filter CFG12B and the light emitting unit L1B).
　（２）時刻ｔ＝２のとき
　時刻ｔ＝２において、時刻ｔ＝１時に表示したフレームの次のフレームを表示する際、まず、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂの開度（透過度）を表示データＧ１に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｂを表示データＲ２に相当する開度（透過度）とし、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｂの開度（透過度）を表示データＢ２に相当する開度（透過度）とする。また、バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂ～ＢＫ３Ｂそれぞれの発光部Ｌ１Ｂ・Ｌ２Ｂのうち、発光部Ｌ２Ｂを発光させることで光ＰＬ２（図１３参照）を出射させる。 (2) When time t = 2 At time t = 2, when displaying the next frame after the frame displayed at time t = 1, first, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1B corresponds to the display data G1. The liquid crystal shutter S2B is the opening (transmittance) corresponding to the display data R2, and the opening (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S3B is the opening (transmittance) corresponding to the display data B2. Further, among the light emitting portions L1B and L2B of the backlight patterns BK1B to BK3B, the light PL2 (see FIG. 13) is emitted by causing the light emitting portion L2B to emit light.
　これにより、バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂの発光部Ｌ２Ｂから出射した光ＰＬ２は、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂ及び赤色フィルタＣＦＧ１１Ｂを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂ内の領域の一部（緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１１Ｂ及び発光部Ｌ２Ｂの対応領域）に表示データＧ１による緑色光ＧＲＬ１が点灯する。 Thereby, the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting portion L2B of the backlight pattern BK1B is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1B and the red filter CFG11B. Thereby, the green light GRL1 based on the display data G1 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1B (corresponding region of the green filter CFG11B and the light emitting unit L2B).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ２Ｂの発光部Ｌ２Ｂから出射された光ＰＬ２は、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｂ及び赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２Ｂを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｂ内の領域の一部（赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１２Ｂ及び発光部Ｌ２Ｂの対応領域）に表示データＲ２による赤色光ＲＬ２が点灯する。 Further, the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting portion L2B of the backlight pattern BK2B is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2B and the red filter CFR12B. As a result, the red light RL2 based on the display data R2 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S2B (corresponding region of the red filter CFR12B and the light emitting unit L2B).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ３Ｂの発光部Ｌ２Ｂから出射された光ＰＬ２は、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｂ及び青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２Ｂを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｂ内の領域の一部（青色フィルタＣＦＢ１２Ｂ及び発光部Ｌ２Ｂの対応領域）に表示データＢ２による青色光ＢＬ２が点灯する。 Further, the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting portion L2B of the backlight pattern BK3B is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3B and the blue filter CFB12B. As a result, the blue light BL2 based on the display data B2 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S3B (corresponding region of the blue filter CFB12B and the light emitting unit L2B).
　上記ｔ＝１における処理と、ｔ＝２における処理とを反復しながら画像を表示させることにより、垂直方向と水平方向とのうち、水平方向のみ、液晶シャッターＳの解像度をより上げることができる。 By displaying an image while repeating the process at t = 1 and the process at t = 2, the resolution of the liquid crystal shutter S can be further increased only in the horizontal direction between the vertical direction and the horizontal direction.
　（バックライト３０Ｂの構成）
　図１２及び図１３を用いて、本実施形態に係る表示装置１が備えるバックライト３０Ｂの構成について説明する。 (Configuration of backlight 30B)
The configuration of the backlight 30B included in the display device 1 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS.
　図１２は、本発明の実施形態３に係る表示装置１が備えるバックライト３０Ｂの構成を表す平面図であり、（ａ）は第１の例に係るバックライト３０Ｂの構成を表す平面図であり、（ｂ）は第２の例に係るバックライト３０Ｂの構成を表す平面図であり、（ｃ）は第３の例に係るバックライト３０Ｂの構成を表す平面図である。 FIG. 12 is a plan view illustrating the configuration of the backlight 30B included in the display device 1 according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention, and (a) is a plan view illustrating the configuration of the backlight 30B according to the first example. (B) is a top view showing the structure of the backlight 30B which concerns on a 2nd example, (c) is a top view showing the structure of the backlight 30B which concerns on a 3rd example.
　図１３は、本発明の実施形態３に係るバックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂ～ＢＫ３Ｂの斜視図であり、（ａ）は第１の例に係るバックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂ～ＢＫ３Ｂの斜視図であり、（ｂ）は第２の例に係るバックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂ～ＢＫ３Ｂの斜視図であり、（ｃ）は第３の例に係るバックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂ～ＢＫ３Ｂの斜視図である。 FIG. 13 is a perspective view of the backlight patterns BK1B to BK3B according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention, (a) is a perspective view of the backlight patterns BK1B to BK3B according to the first example, and (b) is a perspective view thereof. FIG. 7 is a perspective view of backlight patterns BK1B to BK3B according to a second example, and FIG. 10C is a perspective view of backlight patterns BK1B to BK3B according to a third example.
　≪第１の例≫
　図１２の（ａ）に示すように、第１の例に示すバックライト３０Ｂは、導光板３１Ｂと、光源部３３，３４とを備えている。 ≪First example≫
As illustrated in FIG. 12A, the backlight 30 </ b> B illustrated in the first example includes a light guide plate 31 </ b> B and light source units 33 and 34.
　導光板３１Ｂは、正方形状又は長方形状を有している。導光板３１Ｂは、内部の底面に、当該底面から突出した形状のプリズムであるバックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂ，ＢＫ２Ｂ，ＢＫ３Ｂ，・・・（ＢＫＢ）がＸＹ方向に並んでマトリクス状に配置されている。 The light guide plate 31B has a square shape or a rectangular shape. In the light guide plate 31B, backlight patterns BK1B, BK2B, BK3B,... (BKB), which are prisms having a shape protruding from the bottom surface, are arranged in a matrix in the XY direction.
　バックライトパターンＢＫ１，ＢＫ２，ＢＫ３,・・・は、それぞれ、２つの光源部３３，３４からの出射光Ｐ２，Ｐ１を、それぞれ表示パネル１０が配置された方向へ反射することで発光する発光部Ｌ１Ｂ，Ｌ２Ｂを備えている。 The backlight patterns BK1, BK2, BK3,... Emit light by reflecting the emitted lights P2, P1 from the two light source units 33, 34, respectively, in the direction in which the display panel 10 is arranged. L1B and L2B are provided.
　導光板３１Ｂは、両主面を支持する、第１側部３１Ｂｃ、第２側部３１Ｂｄ、第３側部３１Ｂｅ、及び、第４側部３１Ｂｆを備えている。第１側部３１Ｂｃと、第４側部３１Ｂｆとは、両主面と介してＸ方向に互いに対向して配置されている。第２側部３１Ｂｄと、第３側部３１Ｂｅとは、両主面と介してＹ方向に互いに対向して配置されている。 The light guide plate 31B includes a first side part 31Bc, a second side part 31Bd, a third side part 31Be, and a fourth side part 31Bf that support both main surfaces. The first side portion 31Bc and the fourth side portion 31Bf are arranged to face each other in the X direction via both main surfaces. The second side portion 31Bd and the third side portion 31Be are disposed to face each other in the Y direction via both main surfaces.
　光源部３３は導光板３１Ｂの第２側部３１Ｂｄに沿って、当該第２側部３１Ｂｄと対向して配置されている。光源部３４は導光板３１Ｂの第３側部３１Ｂｅに沿って、当該第３側部３１Ｂｅと対向して配置されている。光源部３３と、光源部３４とは、導光板３１Ｂを介してＹ方向に、互いに並んで対向配置されている。 The light source unit 33 is disposed along the second side portion 31Bd of the light guide plate 31B so as to face the second side portion 31Bd. The light source 34 is disposed along the third side 31Be of the light guide plate 31B so as to face the third side 31Be. The light source unit 33 and the light source unit 34 are arranged to face each other in the Y direction via the light guide plate 31B.
　図１３の（ａ）に示すように、バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂ～ＢＫ３Ｂにおいて、発光部Ｌ１Ｂは、光源部３４から出射し導光板３１Ｂの第３側部３１Ｂｅから導光板３１Ｂ内に入射した出射光Ｐ１を、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂ～Ｓ３Ｂ及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＢに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ１として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ１Ｂは、出射光Ｐ１の入射面である導光板３１Ｂの第３側部３１Ｂｅへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ１Ｂａを備えている。発光部Ｌ１Ｂは、反射面Ｌ１Ｂａにより、出射光Ｐ１をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ１として反射する。 As shown in FIG. 13A, in the backlight patterns BK1B to BK3B, the light emitting portion L1B is emitted from the light source portion 34 and is emitted into the light guide plate 31B from the third side portion 31Be of the light guide plate 31B. Is reflected as light PL1 in the direction toward the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B and the color filter portion CFB, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting portion L1B includes a reflective surface L1Ba that is inclined so as to become thinner as it approaches the third side portion 31Be of the light guide plate 31B that is the incident surface of the emitted light P1. The light emitting unit L1B reflects the emitted light P1 as light PL1 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L1Ba.
　バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂ～ＢＫ３Ｂにおいて、発光部Ｌ２Ｂは、光源部３３から出射し導光板３１Ｂの第２側部３１Ｂｄから導光板３１Ｂ内に入射した出射光Ｐ２を、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂ～Ｓ３Ｂ及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＢに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ２として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ２Ｂは、出射光Ｐ２の入射面である導光板３１Ｂの第２側部３１Ｂｄへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ２Ｂａを備えている。発光部Ｌ１Ｂは、反射面Ｌ２Ｂａにより、出射光Ｐ２をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ２として反射する。 In the backlight patterns BK1B to BK3B, the light emitting unit L2B outputs the emitted light P2 emitted from the light source unit 33 and incident on the light guide plate 31B from the second side portion 31Bd of the light guide plate 31B, and the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B and the color filter unit. The light is reflected as light PL2 in the direction toward the CFB, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting portion L2B includes a reflective surface L2Ba that is inclined so as to become thinner as it approaches the second side portion 31Bd of the light guide plate 31B that is the incident surface of the emitted light P2. The light emitting unit L1B reflects the emitted light P2 as light PL2 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L2Ba.
　このようにして、各バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂ～ＢＫ３Ｂにおいて、発光部Ｌ１Ｂは光ＰＬ１を発光し、発光部Ｌ２Ｂは光ＰＬ２を発光する。 Thus, in each of the backlight patterns BK1B to BK3B, the light emitting portion L1B emits the light PL1, and the light emitting portion L2B emits the light PL2.
　≪第２の例≫
　図１２の（ｂ）に示すように、第２の例に示すバックライト３０Ｂは、導光板３１Ｂと、光源部３４，３５とを備えている。 ≪Second example≫
As illustrated in FIG. 12B, the backlight 30 </ b> B illustrated in the second example includes a light guide plate 31 </ b> B and light source units 34 and 35.
　導光板３１Ｂは、正方形状又は長方形状を有している。導光板３１Ｂは、内部の底面に、当該底面から突出した形状のプリズムであるバックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂ，ＢＫ２Ｂ，ＢＫ３Ｂ，・・・（ＢＫＢ）がＸＹ方向に並んでマトリクス状に配置されている。 The light guide plate 31B has a square shape or a rectangular shape. In the light guide plate 31B, backlight patterns BK1B, BK2B, BK3B,... (BKB), which are prisms having a shape protruding from the bottom surface, are arranged in a matrix in the XY direction.
　バックライトパターンＢＫ１，ＢＫ２，ＢＫ３,・・・は、それぞれ、２つの光源部３３，３５からの出射光Ｐ２，Ｐ１を、それぞれ表示パネル１０が配置された方向へ反射することで発光する発光部Ｌ１Ｂ，Ｌ２Ｂを備えている。 Each of the backlight patterns BK1, BK2, BK3,... Emits light by reflecting the emitted lights P2 and P1 from the two light source units 33 and 35 in the direction in which the display panel 10 is arranged. L1B and L2B are provided.
　光源部３４は導光板３１Ｂの第３側部３１Ｂｅに沿って、当該第３側部３１Ｂｅと対向して配置されている。光源部３５は導光板３１Ｂの第４側部３１Ｂｆに沿って、当該第４側部３１Ｂｆと対向して配置されている。光源部３４と光源部３５とは隣接し、それぞれの延伸方向が垂直に交わるように配置されている。すなわち、光源部３４の延伸方向はＸ方向であり、光源部３５の延伸方向はＹ方向である。 The light source unit 34 is disposed along the third side portion 31Be of the light guide plate 31B so as to face the third side portion 31Be. The light source part 35 is disposed along the fourth side part 31Bf of the light guide plate 31B so as to face the fourth side part 31Bf. The light source unit 34 and the light source unit 35 are adjacent to each other and are arranged so that their extending directions intersect each other vertically. That is, the extending direction of the light source unit 34 is the X direction, and the extending direction of the light source unit 35 is the Y direction.
　図１３の（ｂ）に示すように、バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂ～ＢＫ３Ｂにおいて、発光部Ｌ１Ｂは、光源部３４から出射し導光板３１Ｂの第３側部３１Ｂｅから導光板３１Ｂ内に入射した出射光Ｐ１を、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂ～Ｓ３Ｂ及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＢに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ１として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ１Ｂは、出射光Ｐ１の入射面である導光板３１Ｂの第３側部３１Ｂｅへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ１Ｂａを備えている。発光部Ｌ１Ｂは、反射面Ｌ１Ｂａにより、出射光Ｐ１をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ１として反射する。 As shown in FIG. 13B, in the backlight patterns BK1B to BK3B, the light emitting part L1B is emitted from the light source part 34 and emitted from the third side part 31Be of the light guide plate 31B into the light guide plate 31B. Is reflected as light PL1 in the direction toward the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B and the color filter portion CFB, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting portion L1B includes a reflective surface L1Ba that is inclined so as to become thinner as it approaches the third side portion 31Be of the light guide plate 31B that is the incident surface of the emitted light P1. The light emitting unit L1B reflects the emitted light P1 as light PL1 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L1Ba.
　バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂ～ＢＫ３Ｂにおいて、発光部Ｌ２Ｂは、光源部３５から出射し導光板３１Ｂの第４側部３１Ｂｆから導光板３１Ｂ内に入射した出射光Ｐ２を、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂ～Ｓ３Ｂ及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＢに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ２として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ２Ｂは、出射光Ｐ２の入射面である導光板３１Ｂの第４側部３１Ｂｆへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ２Ｂａを備えている。発光部Ｌ２Ｂは、反射面Ｌ２Ｂａにより、出射光Ｐ２をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ２として反射する。 In the backlight patterns BK1B to BK3B, the light emitting unit L2B outputs the emitted light P2 emitted from the light source unit 35 and incident on the light guide plate 31B from the fourth side portion 31Bf of the light guide plate 31B, and the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B and the color filter unit. The light is reflected as light PL2 in the direction toward the CFB, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting portion L2B includes a reflective surface L2Ba that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the fourth side portion 31Bf of the light guide plate 31B that is the incident surface of the emitted light P2. The light emitting unit L2B reflects the emitted light P2 as light PL2 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L2Ba.
　このようにして、各バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂ～ＢＫ３Ｂにおいて、発光部Ｌ１Ｂは光ＰＬ１を発光し、発光部Ｌ２Ｂは光ＰＬ２を発光する。 Thus, in each of the backlight patterns BK1B to BK3B, the light emitting portion L1B emits the light PL1, and the light emitting portion L2B emits the light PL2.
　≪第３の例≫
　図１２の（ｃ）に示すように、第３の例に示すバックライト３０Ｂは、導光板３１Ｂと、光源部３２，３５とを備えている。 ≪Third example≫
As shown in FIG. 12C, the backlight 30 </ b> B shown in the third example includes a light guide plate 31 </ b> B and light source units 32 and 35.
　導光板３１Ｂは、正方形状又は長方形状を有している。導光板３１Ｂは、内部の底面に、当該底面から突出した形状のプリズムであるバックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂ，ＢＫ２Ｂ，ＢＫ３Ｂ，・・・（ＢＫＢ）がＸＹ方向に並んでマトリクス状に配置されている。 The light guide plate 31B has a square shape or a rectangular shape. In the light guide plate 31B, backlight patterns BK1B, BK2B, BK3B,... (BKB), which are prisms having a shape protruding from the bottom surface, are arranged in a matrix in the XY direction.
　バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂ，ＢＫ２Ｂ，ＢＫ３Ｂ，・・・は、それぞれ、２つの光源部３２，３５からの出射光Ｐ１，Ｐ２を、それぞれ表示パネル１０が配置された方向へ反射することで発光する発光部Ｌ１Ｂ，Ｌ２Ｂを備えている。 The backlight patterns BK1B, BK2B, BK3B,... Emit light by reflecting the emitted lights P1, P2 from the two light source units 32, 35 in the direction in which the display panel 10 is arranged, respectively. L1B and L2B are provided.
　光源部３２は導光板３１Ｂの第１側部３１Ｂｃに沿って、当該第１側部３１Ｂｃと対向して配置されている。光源部３５は導光板３１Ｂの第４側部３１Ｂｆに沿って、当該第４側部３１Ｂｆと対向して配置されている。光源部３２と、光源部３５とは、導光板３１Ｂを介してＸ方向に、互いに並んで対向配置されている。 The light source part 32 is disposed along the first side part 31Bc of the light guide plate 31B so as to face the first side part 31Bc. The light source part 35 is disposed along the fourth side part 31Bf of the light guide plate 31B so as to face the fourth side part 31Bf. The light source unit 32 and the light source unit 35 are arranged opposite to each other in the X direction via the light guide plate 31B.
　図１３の（ｃ）に示すように、バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂ～ＢＫ３Ｂにおいて、発光部Ｌ１Ｂは、光源部３２から出射し導光板３１Ｂの第１側部３１Ｂｃから導光板３１Ｂ内に入射した出射光Ｐ１を、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂ～Ｓ３Ｂ及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＢに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ１として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ１Ｂは、出射光Ｐ１の入射面である導光板３１Ｂの第１側部３１Ｂｃへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ１Ｂａを備えている。発光部Ｌ１Ｂは、反射面Ｌ１Ｂａにより、出射光Ｐ１をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ１として反射する。 As shown in FIG. 13C, in the backlight patterns BK1B to BK3B, the light emitting portion L1B is emitted from the light source portion 32 and emitted from the first side portion 31Bc of the light guide plate 31B into the light guide plate 31B. Is reflected as light PL1 in the direction toward the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B and the color filter portion CFB, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting portion L1B includes a reflective surface L1Ba that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the first side portion 31Bc of the light guide plate 31B that is the incident surface of the emitted light P1. The light emitting unit L1B reflects the emitted light P1 as light PL1 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L1Ba.
　バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｂ～ＢＫ３Ｂにおいて、発光部Ｌ２Ｂは、光源部３５から出射し導光板３１Ｂの第４側部３１Ｂｆから導光板３１Ｂ内に入射した出射光Ｐ２を、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｂ～Ｓ３Ｂ及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＢに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ２として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ２Ｂは、出射光Ｐ２の入射面である導光板３１Ｂの第４側部３１Ｂｆへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ２Ｂａを備えている。発光部Ｌ２Ｂは、反射面Ｌ２Ｂａにより、出射光Ｐ２をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ２として反射する。 In the backlight patterns BK1B to BK3B, the light emitting unit L2B outputs the emitted light P2 emitted from the light source unit 35 and incident on the light guide plate 31B from the fourth side portion 31Bf of the light guide plate 31B, and the liquid crystal shutters S1B to S3B and the color filter unit. The light is reflected as light PL2 in the direction toward the CFB, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting portion L2B includes a reflective surface L2Ba that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the fourth side portion 31Bf of the light guide plate 31B that is the incident surface of the emitted light P2. The light emitting unit L2B reflects the emitted light P2 as light PL2 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L2Ba.
　このようにして、各バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３において、発光部Ｌ１Ｂは光ＰＬ１を発光し、発光部Ｌ２Ｂは光ＰＬ２を発光する。すなわち、各バックライトパターンＢＫ１～ＢＫ３における発光部Ｌ１Ｂ，Ｌ２Ｂは、制御部５０（図１参照）によって、独立して発光期間が制御される。 Thus, in each of the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3, the light emitting unit L1B emits the light PL1, and the light emitting unit L2B emits the light PL2. That is, the light emission periods of the light emitting units L1B and L2B in the backlight patterns BK1 to BK3 are independently controlled by the control unit 50 (see FIG. 1).
　〔実施形態４〕
　本発明の実施形態４について、図１４～図１６に基づいて説明すれば、以下のとおりである。なお、説明の便宜上、実施形態１～３にて説明した部材と同じ機能を有する部材については、同じ符号を付記し、その説明を省略する。 [Embodiment 4]
The following describes Embodiment 4 of the present invention with reference to FIGS. For convenience of explanation, members having the same functions as those described in the first to third embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.
　図１４は本発明の実施形態４に係る表示装置１の動作を説明する図である。図１４の（ａ）はサブ画素に表示すべき表示データを表し、（ｂ）はカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＣを表し、（ｃ）は液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃを表し、（ｄ）はバックライトパターンＢＫＣを表し、（ｄ）は表示状態を表す図である。 FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the display device 1 according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention. 14A shows display data to be displayed on the sub-pixels, FIG. 14B shows the color filter CFC, FIG. 14C shows the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C, and FIG. 14D shows the backlight pattern BKC. (D) is a figure showing a display state.
　本実施形態に係る表示装置１は、実施形態１にて説明したカラーフィルタ部ＣＦ，液晶シャッターＳ、及び、バックライトパターンＢＫに換えて、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＣ、液晶シャッターＳＣ、及び、バックライトパターンＢＫＣを備えている。 The display device 1 according to the present embodiment replaces the color filter unit CF, the liquid crystal shutter S, and the backlight pattern BK described in the first embodiment with a color filter unit CFC, a liquid crystal shutter SC, and a backlight pattern. BKC is provided.
　バックライトパターンＢＫＣは、行列方向に並んで配置されている。バックライトパターンＢＫＣは、後述する液晶シャッターＳ１～Ｓ３Ｃから構成される領域と重なる。バックライトパターンＢＫＣは、Ｙ方向に２分割されている。 The backlight pattern BKC is arranged side by side in the matrix direction. The backlight pattern BKC overlaps with an area composed of liquid crystal shutters S1 to S3C described later. The backlight pattern BKC is divided into two in the Y direction.
　バックライトパターンＢＫＣは、光源部から出射された光を、表示パネル１０が配置された方向（Ｚ方向）へ反射することで発光する発光部Ｌ１Ｃ、発光部Ｌ２Ｃを備えている。発光部Ｌ１Ｃは光ＰＬ１を発光し、発光部Ｌ２Ｃは光ＰＬ２を発光する。発光部Ｌ１Ｃは、バックライトパターンＢＫＣのうち、図１４の（ｄ）に示す紙面上側半分の領域であり、発光部Ｌ２Ｃは、バックライトパターンＢＫＣのうち、図１４の（ｄ）に示す紙面下側半分の領域である。 The backlight pattern BKC includes a light emitting unit L1C and a light emitting unit L2C that emit light by reflecting light emitted from the light source unit in a direction (Z direction) in which the display panel 10 is disposed. The light emitting unit L1C emits light PL1, and the light emitting unit L2C emits light PL2. The light emitting portion L1C is an upper half area of the backlight pattern BKC shown in FIG. 14D, and the light emitting portion L2C is the back portion of the backlight pattern BKC shown in FIG. 14D. It is a half area.
　なお、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの詳細な構成は図１５及び図１６を用いて後述する。 The detailed configuration of the backlight pattern BKC will be described later with reference to FIGS.
　各発光部Ｌ１Ｃ、発光部Ｌ２Ｃは、後述する液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃ、及び、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＣにおける各フィルター部に跨って配置されている。液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃそれぞれと、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＣにおける各フィルター部それぞれとは重なっており、略面積が等しい。すなわち、本実施形態においては、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＣにおける各フィルタ部は、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃ単位ごとに設けられている。 The light emitting units L1C and the light emitting units L2C are disposed across the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C, which will be described later, and the filter units in the color filter unit CFC. Each of the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C and each of the filter units in the color filter unit CFC overlap each other and have substantially the same area. That is, in the present embodiment, each filter unit in the color filter unit CFC is provided for each liquid crystal shutter S1C to S3C.
　本実施形態における表示装置１においては、各発光部Ｌ１Ｃ、発光部Ｌ２Ｃと、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃ、又は、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＣにおける各フィルター部とが重なって区画されている領域がサブ画素である。 In the display device 1 according to the present embodiment, a region in which each light emitting unit L1C, the light emitting unit L2C, and the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C or each filter unit in the color filter unit CFC are overlapped and divided is a sub pixel. .
　液晶シャッターＳＣ（Ｓ１Ｃ，Ｓ２Ｃ，Ｓ３Ｃ・・・）は、行列方向にマトリクス状に並んで配置されている。液晶シャッターＳＣは、液晶シャッターＳ（図８の（ｃ）参照）と同様の構成である。 The liquid crystal shutters SC (S1C, S2C, S3C...) Are arranged in a matrix in the matrix direction. The liquid crystal shutter SC has the same configuration as the liquid crystal shutter S (see FIG. 8C).
　液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃは、従来の液晶パネルにおいては、赤色光を透過する赤色からフィルタと、緑色光を透過する緑色カラーフィルタと、青色光を透過する青色カラーフィルタの何れかが配置されるサブ画素に対応し、表示画像を構成する最小単位のドットとなる。しかし、本実施形態においては、画像を表示する際、各液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ，Ｓ２Ｃ，Ｓ３Ｃそれぞれは、さらに、複数の表示領域である発光部Ｌ１Ｃ，Ｌ２ＣによってＹ方向に分割されるため、各液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ，Ｓ２Ｃ，Ｓ３Ｃは、表示画像を構成する最小単位のドットではない。 In the conventional liquid crystal panel, the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C are arranged such that any one of a filter from red that transmits red light, a green color filter that transmits green light, and a blue color filter that transmits blue light is disposed. Corresponding to the pixel, it is the minimum unit dot constituting the display image. However, in the present embodiment, when displaying an image, each of the liquid crystal shutters S1C, S2C, S3C is further divided in the Y direction by the light emitting units L1C, L2C, which are a plurality of display areas. S1C, S2C, and S3C are not the minimum unit dots constituting the display image.
　カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＣは、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦと同様に、順にＸ方向に並び、赤（Ｒ）色光を透過する赤色フィルタと、緑（Ｇ）色光を透過する緑色フィルタと、青（Ｂ）色光を透過する青色フィルタとからなるカラーフィルタが、ＸＹ方向にマトリクス状に配置されている。そして、赤色フィルタと、緑色フィルタと、青色フィルタとの周囲には、光を遮光するブラックマトリクスＢＭ（図４参照）が配置されている。 Similar to the color filter unit CF, the color filter unit CFC sequentially arranges the red filter that transmits red (R) color light, the green filter that transmits green (G) light, and the blue (B) color light. Color filters composed of a blue filter that transmits light are arranged in a matrix in the XY directions. A black matrix BM (see FIG. 4) that blocks light is disposed around the red filter, the green filter, and the blue filter.
　カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＣにおいては、赤色フィルタＣＦＲＣ,緑色フィルタＣＦＧＣ,青色フィルタＣＦＢＣが順にＸ方向に並んで配置されている。なお、図１４には図示しないが、赤色フィルタＣＦＲＣ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧＣ，青色フィルタＣＦＢＣの周囲にはブラックマトリクスＢＭが配置されている。 In the color filter unit CFC, a red filter CFRC, a green filter CFGC, and a blue filter CFBC are arranged in order in the X direction. Although not shown in FIG. 14, a black matrix BM is arranged around the red filter CFRC, the green filter CFGC, and the blue filter CFBC.
　赤色フィルタＣＦＲＣ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧＣ，青色フィルタＣＦＢＣのＸＹ方向の長さは液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３ＣのＸＹ方向の長さと略同一である。 The lengths of the red filter CFRC, the green filter CFGC, and the blue filter CFBC in the XY direction are substantially the same as the lengths of the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C in the XY direction.
　平面視において、液晶シャッターＳＣの下方にバックライトパターンＢＫＣが配置されており、液晶シャッターＳＣの上方にカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＣが重なって配置されている。 In plan view, the backlight pattern BKC is disposed below the liquid crystal shutter SC, and the color filter portion CFC is disposed above the liquid crystal shutter SC.
　カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＣの赤色フィルタＣＦＲＣと液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃとは重なっており、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＣの緑色フィルタＣＦＧＣと液晶シャッターＳ２Ｃとは重なっており、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＣの青色フィルタＣＦＢＣと液晶シャッターＳ３１Ｃとは重なっている。 The red filter CFRC of the color filter unit CFC and the liquid crystal shutter S1C overlap, the green filter CFGC of the color filter unit CFC and the liquid crystal shutter S2C overlap, and the blue filter CFBC of the color filter unit CFC and the liquid crystal shutter S31C overlapping.
　このように、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃの何れか（例えば、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｃ）が覆う発光部Ｌ１Ｃ，Ｌ２Ｃは、当該液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃの何れか（例えば、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｃ）に隣接する他の液晶シャッター（例えば、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ、又は、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｃ）に跨って延伸している。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃは、発光部Ｌ１Ｃが発光することでそれぞれの一部の領域を同じタイミングで点灯させ、発光部Ｌ２Ｃが発光することでそれぞれの他の一部の領域を同じタイミングで点灯させることができる。また、発光部を液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃごとに分断して設ける場合に比べて発光部の構造が簡単になるため、バックライトの作製が容易になる。従って、バックライトパターンが備える発光部の高精細化に伴う歩留り低下を抑制することができる。 As described above, the light emitting portions L1C and L2C covered by any one of the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C (for example, the liquid crystal shutter S2C) are other liquid crystals adjacent to any one of the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C (for example, the liquid crystal shutter S2C). It extends across the shutter (for example, the liquid crystal shutter S1C or the liquid crystal shutter S3C). As a result, the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C turn on the respective partial areas at the same timing when the light emitting unit L1C emits light, and the other partial areas at the same timing when the light emitting unit L2C emits light. Can be turned on. In addition, since the structure of the light emitting unit is simplified as compared with the case where the light emitting unit is provided for each of the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C, the backlight can be easily manufactured. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in yield due to high definition of the light emitting portion provided in the backlight pattern.
　なお、発光部Ｌ１Ｃ，Ｌ２Ｃは、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃだけでなく、ＸＹ方向のうち、同一方向に並ぶ液晶シャッターの一部の領域が同じタイミングで点灯するように表示装置を動作させる場合、当該同一方向に並ぶ液晶シャッターの一部の領域と重なるように一体として繋がって延伸した構成であってもよい。つまり、ＸＹ方向のうち、同一方向に並ぶ液晶シャッターの一部の領域が表示部の一方の端部から他方の端部まで同じタイミングで点灯するように表示装置１Ｆを動作させる場合、発光部Ｌ１Ｃ，Ｌ２Ｃは、当該表示部の一方の端部から他方の端部まで繋がって延伸していてもよい。 Note that the light emitting units L1C and L2C operate not only when the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C are operated, but also when the display device is operated so that some areas of the liquid crystal shutters arranged in the same direction in the XY directions are lit at the same timing. A configuration may be employed in which the liquid crystal shutters arranged in the same direction are integrally connected and extended so as to overlap with a part of the region. That is, when the display device 1F is operated so that a part of the liquid crystal shutters arranged in the same direction in the XY directions is lit at the same timing from one end to the other end of the display unit, the light emitting unit L1C , L2C may be extended from one end of the display unit to the other end.
　また、赤色フィルタＣＦＲＣ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧＣ，青色フィルタＣＦＢＣは、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃが覆う発光部Ｌ１Ｃ，Ｌ２Ｃに跨って延伸している。これにより、上記フィルター部の高精細化に伴う歩留り低下を抑制することができる。 Further, the red filter CFRC, the green filter CFGC, and the blue filter CFBC extend over the light emitting portions L1C and L2C covered by the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C. Thereby, the yield fall accompanying high definition of the said filter part can be suppressed.
　次に、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃに対し、水平方向に２つのＲＧＢのデータによる画像を表示させる動作について説明する。 Next, an operation for displaying images of two RGB data in the horizontal direction on the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C will be described.
　（１）時刻ｔ＝１のとき
　まず、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃの開度（透過度）を表示データＲ１に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｃを表示データＧ１に相当する開度（透過度）とし、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｃの開度（透過度）を表示データＢ１に相当する開度（透過度）とする。また、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ１Ｃ・Ｌ２Ｃのうち、発光部Ｌ１Ｃを発光させることで光ＰＬ１（図１６参照）を出射させる。 (1) At time t = 1 First, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1C is set to an opening degree corresponding to the display data R1, and the liquid crystal shutter S2C is set to an opening degree (transmittance) corresponding to the display data G1. The opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S3C is set as an opening degree (transmittance) corresponding to the display data B1. Moreover, light PL1 (refer FIG. 16) is radiate | emitted by making light emission part L1C light-emit among light emission parts L1C * L2C of the backlight pattern BKC.
　これにより、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ１Ｃから出射した光ＰＬ１は、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ及び赤色フィルタＣＦＲＣを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ内の領域の一部である、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃと、赤色フィルタＣＦＲＣと、発光部Ｌ１Ｃとが重なっている領域に、表示データＲ１による赤色光ＲＬ１が点灯する。 Thereby, the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1C and the red filter CFRC. As a result, the red light RL1 based on the display data R1 is turned on in a region where the liquid crystal shutter S1C, the red filter CFRC, and the light emitting unit L1C overlap, which is a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1C.
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ１Ｃから出射された光ＰＬ１は、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｃ及び緑色フィルタＣＦＧＣを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｃ内の領域の一部である、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｃと、緑色フィルタＣＦＧＣと、発光部Ｌ１Ｃとが重なっている領域に、表示データＢ１による緑色光ＧＬ１が点灯する。 Further, the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2C and the green filter CFGC. As a result, the green light GL1 based on the display data B1 is turned on in a region where the liquid crystal shutter S2C, the green filter CFGC, and the light emitting unit L1C overlap, which is a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S2C.
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ１Ｃから出射された光ＰＬ１は、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｃ及び青色フィルタＣＦＢＣを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｃ内の領域の一部である、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｃと、青色フィルタＣＦＢＣと、発光部Ｌ１Ｃとが重なっている領域に、表示データＢ１による青色光ＢＬ１が点灯する。 Also, the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3C and the blue filter CFBC. As a result, the blue light BL1 based on the display data B1 is turned on in a region where the liquid crystal shutter S3C, the blue filter CFBC, and the light emitting unit L1C overlap, which is a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S3C.
　（２）時刻ｔ＝２のとき
　時刻ｔ＝２において、時刻ｔ＝１時に表示したフレームの次のフレームを表示する際、まず、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃの開度（透過度）を表示データＲ２に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｃを表示データＧ２に相当する開度（透過度）とし、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｃの開度（透過度）を表示データＢ２に相当する開度（透過度）とする。また、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ１Ｃ・Ｌ２Ｃのうち、発光部Ｌ２Ｃを発光させることで光ＰＬ２（図１６参照）を出射させる。 (2) When time t = 2 At time t = 2, when displaying the frame next to the frame displayed at time t = 1, first, the opening degree (transmissivity) of the liquid crystal shutter S1C corresponds to the display data R2. The liquid crystal shutter S2C is set as an opening (transmittance) corresponding to the display data G2, and the opening (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S3C is set as an opening (transmittance) corresponding to the display data B2. Moreover, light PL2 (refer FIG. 16) is radiate | emitted by making light emission part L2C light-emit among light emission parts L1C * L2C of the backlight pattern BKC.
　これにより、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ２Ｃから出射した光ＰＬ２は、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ及び赤色フィルタＣＦＲＣを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ内の領域の一部である、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃと、赤色フィルタＣＦＲＣと、発光部Ｌ２Ｃとが重なっている領域に、表示データＲ２による赤色光ＲＬ２が点灯する。 Thereby, the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting portion L2C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1C and the red filter CFRC. As a result, the red light RL2 based on the display data R2 is turned on in a region where the liquid crystal shutter S1C, the red filter CFRC, and the light emitting unit L2C overlap, which is a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1C.
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ２Ｃから出射された光ＰＬ２は、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｃ及び緑色フィルタＣＦＧＣを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｃ内の領域の一部である、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｃと、緑色フィルタＣＦＧＣと、発光部Ｌ２Ｃとが重なっている領域に、表示データＧ２による赤色光ＧＬ２が点灯する。 Further, the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting part L2C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2C and the green filter CFGC. As a result, the red light GL2 based on the display data G2 is lit in a region where the liquid crystal shutter S2C, the green filter CFGC, and the light emitting unit L2C overlap, which is a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S2C.
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ２Ｃから出射された光ＰＬ２は、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｃ及び青色フィルタＣＦＢＣを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｃ内の領域の一部である、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｃと、青色フィルタＣＦＢＣと、発光部Ｌ２Ｃとが重なっている領域に、表示データＢ２による青色光ＢＬ２が点灯する。 Further, the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting part L2C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3C and the blue filter CFBC. As a result, the blue light BL2 based on the display data B2 is turned on in a region where the liquid crystal shutter S3C, the blue filter CFBC, and the light emitting unit L2C overlap, which is a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S3C.
　上記ｔ＝１における処理と、ｔ＝２における処理とを反復しながら画像を表示させることにより、垂直方向と水平方向とのうち、垂直方向のみ、液晶シャッターＳＣの解像度をより上げることができる。 By displaying the image while repeating the processing at t = 1 and the processing at t = 2, the resolution of the liquid crystal shutter SC can be further increased only in the vertical direction between the vertical direction and the horizontal direction.
　（バックライト３０Ｃの構成）
　図１５及び図１６を用いて、本実施形態に係る表示装置１が備えるバックライト３０Ｃの構成について説明する。 (Configuration of backlight 30C)
The configuration of the backlight 30 </ b> C included in the display device 1 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 15 and 16.
　図１５は、本発明の実施形態４に係る表示装置１が備えるバックライト３０Ｃの構成を表す平面図であり、（ａ）は第１の例に係るバックライト３０Ｃの構成を表す平面図であり、（ｂ）は第２の例に係るバックライト３０Ｃの構成を表す平面図であり、（ｃ）は第３の例に係るバックライト３０Ｃの構成を表す平面図である。 FIG. 15 is a plan view illustrating a configuration of a backlight 30C included in the display device 1 according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention, and (a) is a plan view illustrating a configuration of the backlight 30C according to the first example. (B) is a top view showing the structure of the backlight 30C which concerns on a 2nd example, (c) is a top view showing the structure of the backlight 30C which concerns on a 3rd example.
　図１６は、本発明の実施形態４に係るバックライトパターンＢＫＣの斜視図であり、（ａ）は第１の例に係るバックライトパターンＢＫＣの斜視図であり、（ｂ）は第２の例に係るバックライトパターンＢＫＣの斜視図であり、（ｃ）は第３の例に係るバックライトパターンＢＫＣの斜視図である。 FIG. 16 is a perspective view of a backlight pattern BKC according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention, (a) is a perspective view of the backlight pattern BKC according to the first example, and (b) is a second example. FIG. 7C is a perspective view of a backlight pattern BKC according to the third example, and FIG. 9C is a perspective view of a backlight pattern BKC according to a third example.
　≪第１の例≫
　図１５の（ａ）に示すように、第１の例に示すバックライト３０Ｃは、導光板３１Ｃと、光源部３３，３４とを備えている。 ≪First example≫
As shown in FIG. 15A, the backlight 30 </ b> C shown in the first example includes a light guide plate 31 </ b> C and light source units 33 and 34.
　導光板３１Ｃは、正方形状又は長方形状を有している。導光板３１Ｃは、内部の底面に、当該底面から突出した形状のプリズムであるバックライトパターンＢＫＣがＸＹ方向に並んでマトリクス状に配置されている。 The light guide plate 31C has a square shape or a rectangular shape. In the light guide plate 31C, backlight patterns BKC, which are prisms protruding from the bottom surface, are arranged in a matrix on the bottom surface in the XY direction.
　各バックライトパターンＢＫＣは、それぞれ、２つの光源部３３，３４からの出射光Ｐ１，Ｐ２を、それぞれ表示パネル１０が配置された方向へ反射することで発光する発光部Ｌ１Ｃ，Ｌ２Ｃを備えている。 Each backlight pattern BKC includes light emitting portions L1C and L2C that emit light by reflecting the emitted lights P1 and P2 from the two light source portions 33 and 34, respectively, in the direction in which the display panel 10 is disposed. .
　導光板３１Ｃは、両主面を支持する、第１側部３１Ｃｃ、第２側部３１Ｃｄ、第３側部３１Ｃｅ、及び、第４側部３１Ｃｆを備えている。第１側部３１Ｃｃと、第４側部３１Ｃｆとは、両主面と介してＸ方向に互いに対向して配置されている。第２側部３１Ｃｄと、第３側部３１Ｃｅとは、両主面と介してＹ方向に互いに対向して配置されている。 The light guide plate 31C includes a first side part 31Cc, a second side part 31Cd, a third side part 31Ce, and a fourth side part 31Cf that support both main surfaces. The first side portion 31Cc and the fourth side portion 31Cf are arranged to face each other in the X direction via both main surfaces. The second side portion 31Cd and the third side portion 31Ce are arranged to face each other in the Y direction via both main surfaces.
　光源部３３は導光板３１Ｃの第２側部３１Ｃｄに沿って、当該第２側部３１Ｃｄと対向して配置されている。光源部３４は導光板３１Ｃの第３側部３１Ｃｅに沿って、当該第３側部３１Ｃｅと対向して配置されている。光源部３３と、光源部３４とは、導光板３１Ｃを介してＹ方向に、互いに並んで対向配置されている。 The light source unit 33 is disposed along the second side portion 31Cd of the light guide plate 31C so as to face the second side portion 31Cd. The light source 34 is disposed along the third side 31Ce of the light guide plate 31C so as to face the third side 31Ce. The light source unit 33 and the light source unit 34 are arranged to face each other in the Y direction via the light guide plate 31C.
　図１６の（ａ）に示すように、バックライトパターンＢＫＣにおいて、発光部Ｌ１Ｃは、光源部３３から出射し導光板３１Ｃの第２側部３１Ｃｄから導光板３１Ｃ内に入射した出射光Ｐ１を、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃ及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＣに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ１として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ１Ｃは、出射光Ｐ１の入射面である導光板３１Ｃの第２側部３１Ｃｄへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ１Ｃａを備えている。発光部Ｌ１Ｃは、反射面Ｌ１Ｃａにより、出射光Ｐ１をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ１として反射する。 As shown in FIG. 16A, in the backlight pattern BKC, the light emitting unit L1C emits the emitted light P1 emitted from the light source unit 33 and incident on the light guide plate 31C from the second side portion 31Cd of the light guide plate 31C. It is shaped to reflect light PL1 in the direction toward the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C and the color filter CFC, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting portion L1C includes a reflective surface L1Ca that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the second side portion 31Cd of the light guide plate 31C that is the incident surface of the emitted light P1. The light emitting unit L1C reflects the emitted light P1 as light PL1 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L1Ca.
　バックライトパターンＢＫＣにおいて、発光部Ｌ２Ｃは、光源部３４から出射し導光板３１Ｃの第３側部３１Ｃｅから導光板３１Ｃ内に入射した出射光Ｐ２を、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃ及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＣに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ２として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ２Ｃは、出射光Ｐ２の入射面である導光板３１Ｃの第３側部３１Ｃｅへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ２Ｃａを備えている。発光部Ｌ１Ｃは、反射面Ｌ２Ｃａにより、出射光Ｐ２をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ２として反射する。 In the backlight pattern BKC, the light emitting unit L2C outputs the emitted light P2 emitted from the light source unit 34 and incident on the light guide plate 31C from the third side portion 31Ce of the light guide plate 31C to the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C and the color filter unit CFC. It is shaped to reflect as light PL2 in the direction toward it, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting portion L2C includes a reflective surface L2Ca that is inclined so as to become thinner as it approaches the third side portion 31Ce of the light guide plate 31C that is the incident surface of the emitted light P2. The light emitting unit L1C reflects the emitted light P2 as light PL2 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L2Ca.
　このようにして、各バックライトパターンＢＫＣにおいて、発光部Ｌ１Ｃは光ＰＬ１を発光し、発光部Ｌ２Ｃは光ＰＬ２を発光する。 Thus, in each backlight pattern BKC, the light emitting portion L1C emits the light PL1, and the light emitting portion L2C emits the light PL2.
　≪第２の例≫
　図１５の（ｂ）に示すように、第２の例に示すバックライト３０Ｃは、導光板３１Ｃと、光源部３２，３５とを備えている。 ≪Second example≫
As illustrated in FIG. 15B, the backlight 30 </ b> C illustrated in the second example includes a light guide plate 31 </ b> C and light source units 32 and 35.
　導光板３１Ｃは、正方形状又は長方形状を有している。導光板３１Ｃは、内部の底面に、当該底面から突出した形状のプリズムであるバックライトパターンＢＫＣがＸＹ方向に並んでマトリクス状に配置されている。 The light guide plate 31C has a square shape or a rectangular shape. In the light guide plate 31C, backlight patterns BKC, which are prisms protruding from the bottom surface, are arranged in a matrix on the bottom surface in the XY direction.
　各バックライトパターンＢＫＣは、それぞれ、２つの光源部３２，３５からの出射光Ｐ１，Ｐ２を、それぞれ表示パネル１０が配置された方向へ反射することで発光する発光部Ｌ１Ｃ，Ｌ２Ｃを備えている。 Each backlight pattern BKC includes light emitting portions L1C and L2C that emit light by reflecting the emitted lights P1 and P2 from the two light source portions 32 and 35, respectively, in the direction in which the display panel 10 is disposed. .
　光源部３２は導光板３１Ｃの第１側部３１Ｃｃに沿って、当該第１側部３１Ｃｃと対向して配置されている。光源部３５は導光板３１Ｃの第４側部３１Ｃｆに沿って、当該第４側部３１Ｃｆと対向して配置されている。光源部３２と、光源部３５とは、導光板３１Ｃを介してＸ方向に、互いに並んで対向配置されている。 The light source unit 32 is disposed along the first side portion 31Cc of the light guide plate 31C so as to face the first side portion 31Cc. The light source part 35 is disposed along the fourth side part 31Cf of the light guide plate 31C so as to face the fourth side part 31Cf. The light source unit 32 and the light source unit 35 are arranged opposite to each other in the X direction via the light guide plate 31C.
　図１６の（ｂ）に示すように、バックライトパターンＢＫＣにおいて、発光部Ｌ１Ｃは、光源部３２から出射し導光板３１Ｃの第１側部３１Ｃｃから導光板３１Ｃ内に入射した出射光Ｐ１を、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃ及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＣに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ１として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ１Ｃは、出射光Ｐ１の入射面である導光板３１Ｃの第１側部３１Ｃｃへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ１Ｃａを備えている。発光部Ｌ１Ｃは、反射面Ｌ１Ｃａにより、出射光Ｐ１をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ１として反射する。 As shown in FIG. 16B, in the backlight pattern BKC, the light emitting portion L1C emits the emitted light P1 emitted from the light source portion 32 and incident on the light guide plate 31C from the first side portion 31Cc of the light guide plate 31C. It is shaped to reflect light PL1 in the direction toward the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C and the color filter CFC, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting portion L1C includes a reflective surface L1Ca that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the first side portion 31Cc of the light guide plate 31C that is the incident surface of the emitted light P1. The light emitting unit L1C reflects the emitted light P1 as light PL1 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L1Ca.
　バックライトパターンＢＫＣにおいて、発光部Ｌ２Ｃは、光源部３５から出射し導光板３１Ｃの第４側部３１Ｃｆから導光板３１Ｃ内に入射した出射光Ｐ２を、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃ及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＣに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ２として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ２Ｃは、出射光Ｐ２の入射面である導光板３１Ｃの第４側部３１Ｃｆへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ２Ｃａを備えている。発光部Ｌ２Ｃは、反射面Ｌ２Ｃａにより、出射光Ｐ２をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ２として反射する。 In the backlight pattern BKC, the light emitting unit L2C outputs the emitted light P2 emitted from the light source unit 35 and incident on the light guide plate 31C from the fourth side portion 31Cf of the light guide plate 31C to the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C and the color filter unit CFC. It is shaped to reflect as light PL2 in the direction toward it, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting portion L2C includes a reflective surface L2Ca that is inclined so as to become thinner as it approaches the fourth side portion 31Cf of the light guide plate 31C that is the incident surface of the emitted light P2. The light emitting unit L2C reflects the emitted light P2 as light PL2 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L2Ca.
　このようにして、各バックライトパターンＢＫＣにおいて、発光部Ｌ１Ｃは光ＰＬ１を発光し、発光部Ｌ２Ｃは光ＰＬ２を発光する。 Thus, in each backlight pattern BKC, the light emitting portion L1C emits the light PL1, and the light emitting portion L2C emits the light PL2.
　≪第３の例≫
　図１５の（ｃ）に示すように、第３の例に示すバックライト３０Ｃは、導光板３１Ｃと、光源部３２，３４とを備えている。 ≪Third example≫
As shown in FIG. 15C, the backlight 30 </ b> C shown in the third example includes a light guide plate 31 </ b> C and light source units 32 and 34.
　導光板３１Ｃは、正方形状又は長方形状を有している。導光板３１Ｃは、内部の底面に、当該底面から突出した形状のプリズムであるバックライトパターンＢＫＣがＸＹ方向に並んでマトリクス状に配置されている。 The light guide plate 31C has a square shape or a rectangular shape. In the light guide plate 31C, backlight patterns BKC, which are prisms protruding from the bottom surface, are arranged in a matrix on the bottom surface in the XY direction.
　各バックライトパターンＢＫＣは、それぞれ、２つの光源部３２，３４からの出射光Ｐ１，Ｐ２を、それぞれ表示パネル１０が配置された方向へ反射することで発光する発光部Ｌ１Ｃ，Ｌ２Ｃを備えている。 Each backlight pattern BKC includes light emitting portions L1C and L2C that emit light by reflecting the emitted lights P1 and P2 from the two light source portions 32 and 34, respectively, in the direction in which the display panel 10 is disposed. .
　光源部３２は導光板３１Ｃの第１側部３１Ｃｃに沿って、当該第１側部３１Ｃｃと対向して配置されている。光源部３４は導光板３１Ｃの第３側部３１Ｃｅに沿って、当該第３側部３１Ｃｅと対向して配置されている。光源部３２と光源部３４とは隣接し、それぞれの延伸方向が垂直に交わるように配置されている。すなわち、光源部３２の延伸方向はＹ方向であり、光源部３４の延伸方向はＸ方向である。 The light source unit 32 is disposed along the first side portion 31Cc of the light guide plate 31C so as to face the first side portion 31Cc. The light source 34 is disposed along the third side 31Ce of the light guide plate 31C so as to face the third side 31Ce. The light source unit 32 and the light source unit 34 are adjacent to each other and are arranged so that their extending directions intersect each other vertically. That is, the extending direction of the light source unit 32 is the Y direction, and the extending direction of the light source unit 34 is the X direction.
　図１６の（ｃ）に示すように、バックライトパターンＢＫＣにおいて、発光部Ｌ１Ｃは、光源部３２から出射し導光板３１Ｃの第１側部３１Ｃｃから導光板３１Ｃ内に入射した出射光Ｐ１を、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃ及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＣに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ１として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ１Ｃは、出射光Ｐ１の入射面である導光板３１Ｃの第１側部３１Ｃｃへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ１Ｃａを備えている。発光部Ｌ１Ｃは、反射面Ｌ１Ｃａにより、出射光Ｐ１をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ１として反射する。 As shown in FIG. 16 (c), in the backlight pattern BKC, the light emitting portion L1C emits the emitted light P1 emitted from the light source portion 32 and incident on the light guide plate 31C from the first side portion 31Cc of the light guide plate 31C. It is shaped to reflect light PL1 in the direction toward the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C and the color filter CFC, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting portion L1C includes a reflective surface L1Ca that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the first side portion 31Cc of the light guide plate 31C that is the incident surface of the emitted light P1. The light emitting unit L1C reflects the emitted light P1 as light PL1 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L1Ca.
　バックライトパターンＢＫＣにおいて、発光部Ｌ２Ｃは、光源部３４から出射し導光板３１Ｃの第３側部３１Ｃｅから導光板３１Ｃ内に入射した出射光Ｐ２を、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃ及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＣに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ２として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ２Ｃは、出射光Ｐ２の入射面である導光板３１Ｃの第３側部３１Ｃｅへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ２Ｃａを備えている。発光部Ｌ２Ｃは、反射面Ｌ２Ｃａにより、出射光Ｐ２をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ２として反射する。 In the backlight pattern BKC, the light emitting unit L2C outputs the emitted light P2 emitted from the light source unit 34 and incident on the light guide plate 31C from the third side portion 31Ce of the light guide plate 31C to the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C and the color filter unit CFC. It is shaped to reflect as light PL2 in the direction toward it, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting portion L2C includes a reflective surface L2Ca that is inclined so as to become thinner as it approaches the third side portion 31Ce of the light guide plate 31C that is the incident surface of the emitted light P2. The light emitting unit L2C reflects the emitted light P2 as light PL2 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L2Ca.
　このようにして、各バックライトパターンＢＫＣにおいて、発光部Ｌ１Ｃは光ＰＬ１を発光し、発光部Ｌ２Ｃは光ＰＬ２を発光する。 Thus, in each backlight pattern BKC, the light emitting portion L1C emits the light PL1, and the light emitting portion L2C emits the light PL2.
　〔実施形態５〕
　本発明の実施形態５について、図１７～図１９に基づいて説明すれば、以下のとおりである。なお、説明の便宜上、実施形態１～４にて説明した部材と同じ機能を有する部材については、同じ符号を付記し、その説明を省略する。 [Embodiment 5]
The fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS. For convenience of explanation, members having the same functions as those described in the first to fourth embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.
　図１７は本発明の実施形態５に係る表示装置１の動作を説明する図である。図１７の（ａ）はサブ画素に表示すべき表示データを表し、（ｂ）はカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＤを表し、（ｃ）は液晶シャッターＳ１Ｄ～Ｓ３Ｄを表し、（ｄ）はバックライトパターンＢＫＤを表し、（ｄ）は表示状態を表す図である。 FIG. 17 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the display device 1 according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention. 17A shows display data to be displayed on the sub-pixel, FIG. 17B shows the color filter CFD, FIG. 17C shows the liquid crystal shutters S1D to S3D, and FIG. 17D shows the backlight pattern BKD. (D) is a figure showing a display state.
　本実施形態に係る表示装置１は、実施形態４にて説明した表示装置１のうち、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＣ，液晶シャッターＳＣ、及び、バックライトパターンＢＫＣに換えて、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＤ、液晶シャッターＳＤ、及び、バックライトパターンＢＫＤを備えた構成である。 The display device 1 according to the present embodiment replaces the color filter unit CFC, the liquid crystal shutter SC, and the backlight pattern BKC in the display device 1 described in the fourth embodiment, and the color filter unit CFD and the liquid crystal shutter SD. And a backlight pattern BKD.
　カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＤ，液晶シャッターＳＤは、それぞれ、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＣ、及び、液晶シャッターＳＣと同じである。バックライトパターンＢＫＤは、Ｙ方向に３分割されている点で、バックライトパターンＢＫＣと異なる。バックライトパターンＢＫＤは、行列方向に並んで配置されている。 The color filter unit CFD and the liquid crystal shutter SD are the same as the color filter unit CFC and the liquid crystal shutter SC, respectively. The backlight pattern BKD differs from the backlight pattern BKC in that it is divided into three in the Y direction. The backlight pattern BKD is arranged side by side in the matrix direction.
　バックライトパターンＢＫＤは、光源部から出射された光を、表示パネル１０が配置された方向（Ｚ方向）へ反射することで発光する発光部Ｌ１Ｄ～Ｌ３Ｄを備えている。発光部Ｌ１Ｄは光ＰＬ１を発光し、発光部Ｌ２Ｄは光ＰＬ２を発光し、発光部Ｌ３Ｄは光ＰＬ３を発光する。発光部Ｌ１Ｄ～Ｌ３Ｄは、バックライトパターンＢＫＤにおいて、Ｙ方向に順に並ぶ領域である。 The backlight pattern BKD includes light emitting units L1D to L3D that emit light by reflecting light emitted from the light source unit in a direction (Z direction) in which the display panel 10 is disposed. The light emitting unit L1D emits light PL1, the light emitting unit L2D emits light PL2, and the light emitting unit L3D emits light PL3. The light emitting portions L1D to L3D are regions arranged in order in the Y direction in the backlight pattern BKD.
　このように、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｄ～Ｓ３Ｄの何れか（例えば、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｄ）が覆う発光部Ｌ１Ｄ～Ｌ３Ｄは、当該液晶シャッターＳ１Ｄ～Ｓ３Ｄの何れか（例えば、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｄ）に隣接する他の液晶シャッター（例えば、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｄ、又は、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｄ）に跨って延伸している。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｄ～Ｓ３Ｄは、発光部Ｌ１Ｄが発光することで発光部Ｌ１Ｄに対応する領域を同じタイミングで点灯させ、発光部Ｌ２Ｄが発光することで発光部Ｌ２Ｄに対応する領域を同じタイミングで点灯させ、発光部Ｌ３Ｄが発光することで発光部Ｌ３Ｄに対応する領域を同じタイミングで点灯させることができる。また、発光部を液晶シャッターＳ１Ｄ～Ｓ３Ｄごとに分断して設ける場合に比べて発光部の構造が簡単になり、バックライトの作製が容易になる。従って、バックライトパターンが備える発光部の高精細化に伴う歩留り低下を抑制することができる。なお、発光部Ｌ１Ｄ～Ｌ３Ｄのうち、少なくとも１つが、複数の液晶シャッターＳ１Ｄ～Ｓ３Ｄに跨って延伸している構成であってもよい。 In this way, the light emitting portions L1D to L3D covered by any one of the liquid crystal shutters S1D to S3D (for example, the liquid crystal shutter S2D) are other liquid crystals adjacent to any one of the liquid crystal shutters S1D to S3D (for example, the liquid crystal shutter S2D). It extends over the shutter (for example, the liquid crystal shutter S1D or the liquid crystal shutter S3D). As a result, the liquid crystal shutters S1D to S3D turn on the area corresponding to the light emitting part L1D at the same timing when the light emitting part L1D emits light, and the area corresponding to the light emitting part L2D when the light emitting part L2D emits light at the same timing. When the light emitting unit L3D emits light, the region corresponding to the light emitting unit L3D can be turned on at the same timing. In addition, the structure of the light emitting unit is simplified and the manufacture of the backlight is facilitated as compared with the case where the light emitting unit is divided for each of the liquid crystal shutters S1D to S3D. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in yield due to high definition of the light emitting portion provided in the backlight pattern. Note that at least one of the light emitting portions L1D to L3D may be configured to extend across the plurality of liquid crystal shutters S1D to S3D.
　また、赤色フィルタＣＦＲＤ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧＤ，青色フィルタＣＦＢＤは、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｄ～Ｓ３Ｄが覆う発光部Ｌ１Ｄ～Ｌ３Ｄに跨って延伸している。これにより、フィルター部の高精細化に伴う歩留り低下を抑制することができる。なお、赤色フィルタＣＦＲＤ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧＤ，青色フィルタＣＦＢＤのうち、少なくとも１つが、発光部Ｌ１Ｄ～Ｌ３Ｄのうち、少なくとも複数に跨って延伸している構成であってもよい。 Further, the red filter CFRD, the green filter CFGD, and the blue filter CFBD extend over the light emitting portions L1D to L3D covered by the liquid crystal shutters S1D to S3D. Thereby, the yield fall accompanying high definition of a filter part can be suppressed. In addition, at least one of the red filter CFRD, the green filter CFGD, and the blue filter CFBD may be configured to extend across at least a plurality of the light emitting portions L1D to L3D.
　なお、バックライトパターンＢＫＤの詳細な構成は図１８及び図１９を用いて後述する。 The detailed configuration of the backlight pattern BKD will be described later with reference to FIGS.
　本実施形態に係る表示装置１において、他の構成は、実施形態４にて説明した表示装置１と同様である。 Other configurations of the display device 1 according to the present embodiment are the same as those of the display device 1 described in the fourth embodiment.
　本実施形態に係る表示装置１において、実施形態４にて説明した（１）ｔ＝１のときの処理、及び、（２）ｔ＝２のときの処理のあと、さらに、下記（３）ｔ＝３のときの処理を加える。 In the display device 1 according to the present embodiment, after (1) the process when t = 1 and (2) the process when t = 2 described in the fourth embodiment, the following (3) t Add processing when = 3.
　（３）時刻ｔ＝３のとき
　時刻ｔ＝３において、時刻ｔ＝２時に表示したフレームの次のフレームを表示する際、まず、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｄの開度（透過度）を表示データＲ３に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｄを表示データＧ３に相当する開度（透過度）とし、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｄの開度（透過度）を表示データＢ３に相当する開度（透過度）とする。また、バックライトパターンＢＫＤの発光部Ｌ１Ｄ～Ｌ３Ｄのうち、発光部Ｌ３Ｄを発光させることで光ＰＬ３（図１６参照）を出射させる。 (3) When time t = 3 At the time t = 3, when displaying the next frame after the frame displayed at time t = 2, first, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1D corresponds to the display data R3. The liquid crystal shutter S2D is the opening (transmittance) corresponding to the display data G3, and the opening (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S3D is the opening (transmittance) corresponding to the display data B3. In addition, among the light emitting portions L1D to L3D of the backlight pattern BKD, the light PL3 (see FIG. 16) is emitted by causing the light emitting portion L3D to emit light.
　これにより、バックライトパターンＢＫＤの発光部Ｌ３Ｄから出射した光ＰＬ３は、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｄ及び赤色フィルタＣＦＲＤを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｄ内の領域の一部である、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｄと、赤色フィルタＣＦＲＤと、発光部Ｌ３ＤＣとが重なっている領域に、表示データＲ３による赤色光ＲＬ３が点灯する。 Thereby, the light PL3 emitted from the light emitting portion L3D of the backlight pattern BKD is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1D and the red filter CFRD. As a result, the red light RL3 based on the display data R3 is turned on in a region where the liquid crystal shutter S1D, the red filter CFRD, and the light emitting unit L3DC overlap, which is a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1D.
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫＤの発光部Ｌ２Ｄから出射された光ＰＬ３は、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｄ及び緑色フィルタＣＦＧＤを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｄ内の領域の一部である、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｄと、緑色フィルタＣＦＧＤと、発光部Ｌ３Ｄとが重なっている領域に、表示データＧ３による赤色光ＧＬ３が点灯する。 Further, the light PL3 emitted from the light emitting portion L2D of the backlight pattern BKD is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2D and the green filter CFGD. As a result, the red light GL3 based on the display data G3 is turned on in an area where the liquid crystal shutter S2D, the green filter CFGD, and the light emitting unit L3D overlap, which is a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S2D.
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫＤの発光部Ｌ３Ｄから出射された光ＰＬ３は、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｄ及び青色フィルタＣＦＢＤを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｄ内の領域の一部である、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｄと、青色フィルタＣＦＢＤと、発光部Ｌ３Ｄとが重なっている領域に、表示データＢ３による青色光ＢＬ３が点灯する。 Further, the light PL3 emitted from the light emitting portion L3D of the backlight pattern BKD is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3D and the blue filter CFBD. As a result, the blue light BL3 based on the display data B3 is turned on in a region where the liquid crystal shutter S3D, the blue filter CFBD, and the light emitting unit L3D overlap, which is a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S3D.
　ｔ＝１，２，３，１，２，３・・・のように処理を反復しながら画像を表示させることにより、垂直方向と水平方向とのうち、垂直方向のみ、液晶シャッターＳＤの解像度をより上げることができる。 By displaying the image while repeating the processing as t = 1, 2, 3, 1, 2, 3..., the resolution of the liquid crystal shutter SD is changed only in the vertical direction between the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. Can be raised more.
　（バックライト３０Ｄの構成）
　図１８及び図１９を用いて、本実施形態に係る表示装置１が備えるバックライト３０Ｄの構成について説明する。図１８は、本発明の実施形態５に係る表示装置１が備えるバックライト３０Ｄの構成を表す平面図である。図１９は、本発明の実施形態５に係るバックライトパターンＢＫＤの斜視図である。 (Configuration of backlight 30D)
The configuration of the backlight 30D included in the display device 1 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 18 is a plan view illustrating a configuration of a backlight 30D included in the display device 1 according to Embodiment 5 of the invention. FIG. 19 is a perspective view of a backlight pattern BKD according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
　図１８に示すように、バックライト３０Ｄｃは、導光板３１Ｄと、光源部３２，３４，３５とを備えている。 As shown in FIG. 18, the backlight 30Dc includes a light guide plate 31D and light source sections 32, 34, and 35.
　導光板３１Ｄは、正方形状又は長方形状を有している。導光板３１Ｄは、内部の底面に、当該底面から突出した形状のプリズムであるバックライトパターンＢＫＤがＸＹ方向に並んでマトリクス状に配置されている。 The light guide plate 31D has a square shape or a rectangular shape. In the light guide plate 31D, backlight patterns BKD, which are prisms having a shape protruding from the bottom surface, are arranged in a matrix on the bottom surface in the XY direction.
　各バックライトパターンＢＫＤは、それぞれ、３つの光源部３２，３４，３５からの出射光Ｐ１，Ｐ３，Ｐ２を、それぞれ表示パネル１０が配置された方向へ反射することで発光する発光部Ｌ１Ｄ～Ｌ３Ｄを備えている。 Each backlight pattern BKD emits light by emitting light P1, P3, and P2 emitted from the three light sources 32, 34, and 35 in the direction in which the display panel 10 is disposed, respectively. It has.
　導光板３１Ｄは、両主面を支持する、第１側部３１Ｄｃ、第２側部３１Ｄｄ、第３側部３１Ｄｅ、及び、第４側部３１Ｄｆを備えている。第１側部３１Ｄｃと、第４側部３１Ｄｆとは、両主面と介してＸ方向に互いに対向して配置されている。第２側部３１Ｄｄと、第３側部３１Ｄｅとは、両主面と介してＹ方向に互いに対向して配置されている。 The light guide plate 31D includes a first side part 31Dc, a second side part 31Dd, a third side part 31De, and a fourth side part 31Df that support both main surfaces. The first side portion 31Dc and the fourth side portion 31Df are arranged to face each other in the X direction via both main surfaces. The second side portion 31Dd and the third side portion 31De are disposed to face each other in the Y direction via both main surfaces.
　光源部３２は導光板３１Ｄの第１側部３１Ｄｃに沿って、当該第１側部３１Ｄｃと対向して配置されている。光源部３４は導光板３１Ｄの第３側部３１Ｄｅに沿って、当該第３側部３１Ｄｅと対向して配置されている。光源部３５は導光板３１Ｄの第４側部３１Ｄｆに沿って、当該第４側部３１Ｄｆと対向して配置されている。光源部３２と、光源部３５とは、導光板３１Ｄを介してＸ方向に、互いに並んで対向配置されている。光源部３２及び光源部３５と、光源部３４とは隣接し、それぞれの延伸方向が垂直に交わるように配置されている。すなわち、光源部３２及び光源部３５の延伸方向はＹ方向であり、光源部３４の延伸方向はＸ方向である。 The light source unit 32 is disposed along the first side portion 31Dc of the light guide plate 31D so as to face the first side portion 31Dc. The light source unit 34 is arranged along the third side portion 31De of the light guide plate 31D so as to face the third side portion 31De. The light source part 35 is disposed along the fourth side part 31Df of the light guide plate 31D so as to face the fourth side part 31Df. The light source unit 32 and the light source unit 35 are arranged to face each other in the X direction via the light guide plate 31D. The light source unit 32, the light source unit 35, and the light source unit 34 are adjacent to each other and are arranged so that their extending directions intersect each other vertically. That is, the extending direction of the light source unit 32 and the light source unit 35 is the Y direction, and the extending direction of the light source unit 34 is the X direction.
　図１９に示すように、バックライトパターンＢＫＤにおいて、発光部Ｌ１Ｄは、光源部３２から出射し導光板３１Ｄの第１側部３１Ｄｃから導光板３１Ｄ内に入射した出射光Ｐ１を、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｄ～Ｓ３Ｄ及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＤに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ１として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ１Ｄは、出射光Ｐ１の入射面である導光板３１Ｄの第１側部３１Ｄｃへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ１Ｄａを備えている。発光部Ｌ１Ｄは、反射面Ｌ１Ｄａにより、出射光Ｐ１をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ１として反射する。 As shown in FIG. 19, in the backlight pattern BKD, the light emitting portion L1D emits the emitted light P1 emitted from the light source portion 32 and incident on the light guide plate 31D from the first side portion 31Dc of the light guide plate 31D. The shape is reflected as light PL1 in the direction toward S3D and the color filter portion CFD, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting portion L1D includes a reflective surface L1Da that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the first side portion 31Dc of the light guide plate 31D that is the incident surface of the emitted light P1. The light emitting unit L1D reflects the emitted light P1 as light PL1 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L1Da.
　バックライトパターンＢＫＤにおいて、発光部Ｌ２Ｄは、光源部３５から出射し導光板３１Ｄの第４側部３１Ｄｆから導光板３１Ｄ内に入射した出射光Ｐ２を、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｄ～Ｓ３Ｄ及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＤに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ２として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ２Ｄは、出射光Ｐ２の入射面である導光板３１Ｄの第４側部３１Ｄｆへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ２Ｄａを備えている。発光部Ｌ２Ｄは、反射面Ｌ２Ｄａにより、出射光Ｐ２をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ２として反射する。 In the backlight pattern BKD, the light emitting unit L2D outputs the emitted light P2 emitted from the light source unit 35 and incident on the light guide plate 31D from the fourth side portion 31Df of the light guide plate 31D to the liquid crystal shutters S1D to S3D and the color filter unit CFD. It is shaped to reflect as light PL2 in the direction toward it, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting portion L2D includes a reflective surface L2Da that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the fourth side portion 31Df of the light guide plate 31D that is the incident surface of the emitted light P2. The light emitting unit L2D reflects the emitted light P2 as light PL2 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L2Da.
　バックライトパターンＢＫＤにおいて、発光部Ｌ３Ｄは、光源部３４から出射し導光板３１Ｄの第３側部３１Ｄｅから導光板３１Ｄ内に入射した出射光Ｐ３を、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｄ～Ｓ３Ｄ及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＤに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ３として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ３Ｄは、出射光Ｐ３の入射面である導光板３１Ｄの第３側部３１Ｄｅへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ３Ｄａを備えている。発光部Ｌ３Ｄは、反射面Ｌ３Ｄａにより、出射光Ｐ３をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ３として反射する。 In the backlight pattern BKD, the light emitting unit L3D outputs the outgoing light P3 emitted from the light source unit 34 and incident on the light guide plate 31D from the third side portion 31De of the light guide plate 31D to the liquid crystal shutters S1D to S3D and the color filter unit CFD. It is shaped to reflect as light PL3 in the direction toward it, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting portion L3D includes a reflective surface L3Da that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the third side portion 31De of the light guide plate 31D that is the incident surface of the emitted light P3. The light emitting unit L3D reflects the emitted light P3 as light PL3 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L3Da.
　このようにして、各バックライトパターンＢＫＤにおいて、発光部Ｌ１Ｄは光ＰＬ１を発光し、発光部Ｌ２Ｃは光ＰＬ２を発光し、発光部Ｌ３Ｃは光ＰＬ３を発光する。 Thus, in each backlight pattern BKD, the light emitting portion L1D emits light PL1, the light emitting portion L2C emits light PL2, and the light emitting portion L3C emits light PL3.
　〔実施形態６〕
　本発明の実施形態６について、図２０～図２２に基づいて説明すれば、以下のとおりである。なお、説明の便宜上、実施形態１～５にて説明した部材と同じ機能を有する部材については、同じ符号を付記し、その説明を省略する。 [Embodiment 6]
The sixth embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS. For convenience of explanation, members having the same functions as those described in the first to fifth embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.
　図２０は本発明の実施形態６に係る表示装置１の動作を説明する図である。図２０の（ａ）はサブ画素に表示すべき表示データを表し、（ｂ）はカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＥを表し、（ｃ）は液晶シャッターＳＥを表し、（ｄ）はバックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅ，ＢＫ２Ｅを表し、（ｄ）は表示状態を表す図である。 FIG. 20 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the display device 1 according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention. 20A shows display data to be displayed on the sub-pixels, FIG. 20B shows the color filter CFE, FIG. 20C shows the liquid crystal shutter SE, and FIG. 20D shows the backlight patterns BK1E and BK2E. (D) is a figure showing a display state.
　カラーフィルタは３色ではなく４色以上であってもよい。 The color filter may be 4 colors or more instead of 3 colors.
　本実施形態に係る表示装置１は、実施形態１にて説明したカラーフィルタ部ＣＦ，液晶シャッターＳ、及び、バックライトパターンＢＫに換えて、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＥ、液晶シャッターＳＥ、及び、バックライトパターンＢＫＥを備えている。 The display device 1 according to the present embodiment replaces the color filter unit CF, the liquid crystal shutter S, and the backlight pattern BK described in the first embodiment with a color filter unit CFE, a liquid crystal shutter SE, and a backlight pattern. BKE is provided.
　バックライトパターンＢＫＥは、行列方向に並んで配置されている。バックライトパターンＢＫＥのうち、後述する液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅ，Ｓ２Ｅそれぞれと重なるバックライトパターンＢＫＥを、バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅ，ＢＫ２Ｅと称する場合がある。バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅ，ＢＫ２Ｅは行方向に並んで配置されている。バックライトパターンＢＫＥは、それぞれ、Ｘ方向に４分割されている。 The backlight pattern BKE is arranged side by side in the matrix direction. Among the backlight patterns BKE, backlight patterns BKE that overlap with liquid crystal shutters S1E and S2E, which will be described later, may be referred to as backlight patterns BK1E and BK2E. The backlight patterns BK1E and BK2E are arranged side by side in the row direction. Each of the backlight patterns BKE is divided into four in the X direction.
　各バックライトパターンＢＫＥは、光源部から出射された光を、表示パネル１０が配置された方向（Ｚ方向）へ反射することで発光する発光部Ｌ１Ｅ～Ｌ４Ｅを備えている。発光部Ｌ１Ｅは光ＰＬ１を発光し、発光部Ｌ２Ｅは光ＰＬ２を発光し、発光部Ｌ３Ｅは光ＰＬ３を発光し、発光部Ｌ４Ｅは光ＰＬ４を発光する。発光部Ｌ１Ｅ～Ｌ４Ｅは、順にＸ方向に並んで配置されている。 Each backlight pattern BKE includes light emitting units L1E to L4E that emit light by reflecting light emitted from the light source unit in a direction (Z direction) in which the display panel 10 is disposed. The light emitting unit L1E emits light PL1, the light emitting unit L2E emits light PL2, the light emitting unit L3E emits light PL3, and the light emitting unit L4E emits light PL4. The light emitting portions L1E to L4E are arranged in order in the X direction.
　なお、バックライトパターンＢＫＥの詳細な構成は図２１及び図２２を用いて後述する。 The detailed configuration of the backlight pattern BKE will be described later with reference to FIGS.
　各発光部Ｌ１Ｅ～Ｌ４Ｅは、表示装置１が表示する画像を構成する最小単位のドットである。本実施形態においては、表示装置１は、後述する液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅ，Ｓ２Ｅのうち、発光部Ｌ１Ｅ～Ｌ４Ｅそれぞれと重なっている領域がサブ画素である。 Each light emitting unit L1E to L4E is a dot of the minimum unit constituting an image displayed on the display device 1. In the present embodiment, in the display device 1, a region that overlaps each of the light emitting portions L1E to L4E among liquid crystal shutters S1E and S2E described later is a sub-pixel.
　液晶シャッターＳＥ（Ｓ１Ｅ,Ｓ２Ｅ・・・）は、ＸＹ方向にマトリクス状に並んで配置されている。液晶シャッターＳＥは、Ｘ方向の長さが、４色のフィルタ部が包含できる程度に長い形状を有する。 The liquid crystal shutters SE (S1E, S2E...) Are arranged in a matrix in the XY direction. The liquid crystal shutter SE has a shape that is long enough to include four color filter portions in the X direction.
　カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＥは、順にＸ方向に並ぶ、赤（Ｒ）色光を透過する赤色フィルタと、緑（Ｇ）色光を透過する緑色フィルタと、青（Ｂ）色光を透過する青色フィルタと、黄（Ｙ）色光を透過する黄色フィルタとを含み、ＸＹ方向にマトリクス状に配置されている。 The color filter unit CFE is arranged in the X direction in order, a red filter that transmits red (R) light, a green filter that transmits green (G) light, a blue filter that transmits blue (B) light, and yellow ( Y) including a yellow filter that transmits colored light, and is arranged in a matrix in the XY direction.
　なお、図２０には図示していないが、赤色フィルタと、緑色フィルタと、青色フィルタと、黄色フィルタとの周囲には、光を遮光するブラックマトリクスＢＭ（図４参照）が配置されている。 Although not shown in FIG. 20, a black matrix BM (see FIG. 4) that blocks light is arranged around the red filter, the green filter, the blue filter, and the yellow filter.
　すなわち、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＥは、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１Ｅ,緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１Ｅ,青色フィルタＣＦＢ１Ｅ，黄色フィルタＣＦＹ１Ｅ，赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２Ｅ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ２Ｅ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ２Ｅ，黄色フィルタＣＦＹ２Ｅ・・・が順にＸ方向に並んで配置されている。なお、図２０には図示しないが、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１Ｅ,緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１Ｅ,青色フィルタＣＦＢ１Ｅ，黄色フィルタＣＦＹ１Ｅ，赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２Ｅ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ２Ｅ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ２Ｅ，黄色フィルタＣＦＹ２Ｅ・・・の周囲にはブラックマトリクスＢＭ（図４参照）が配置されている。 That is, the color filter unit CFE includes a red filter CFR1E, a green filter CFG1E, a blue filter CFB1E, a yellow filter CFY1E, a red filter CFR2E, a green filter CFG2E, a blue filter CFB2E, a yellow filter CCY2E,. Has been. Although not shown in FIG. 20, a black matrix around the red filter CFR1E, the green filter CFG1E, the blue filter CFB1E, the yellow filter CFY1E, the red filter CFR2E, the green filter CFG2E, the blue filter CFB2E, the yellow filter CFY2E,. A BM (see FIG. 4) is arranged.
　赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１Ｅ,緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１Ｅ,青色フィルタＣＦＢ１Ｅ，黄色フィルタＣＦＹ１Ｅ，赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２Ｅ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ２Ｅ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ２Ｅ，黄色フィルタＣＦＹ２Ｅ・・・のＹ方向の長さは液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅ，Ｓ２ＥのＹ方向の長さと略同一であり、Ｘ方向の長さは、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅ，Ｓ２ＥそれぞれのＸ方向の長さを４等分した長さと略同一である。 The lengths of the red filter CFR1E, green filter CFG1E, blue filter CFB1E, yellow filter CFY1E, red filter CFR2E, green filter CFG2E, blue filter CFB2E, yellow filter CFY2E,... In the Y direction of the liquid crystal shutters S1E and S2E The length in the X direction is substantially the same as the length obtained by dividing the length in the X direction of each of the liquid crystal shutters S1E and S2E into four equal parts.
　平面視において、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅの領域内であって液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅの下方にバックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅが配置されており、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｅの領域内であって液晶シャッターＳ２Ｅの下方にバックライトパターンＢＫ２Ｅが配置されている。 In a plan view, the backlight pattern BK1E is arranged in the area of the liquid crystal shutter S1E and below the liquid crystal shutter S1E, and the backlight pattern BK2E is arranged in the area of the liquid crystal shutter S2E and below the liquid crystal shutter S2E. Has been.
　液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅを介して、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１ＥはバックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅの発光部Ｌ１Ｅと重なって配置されており、緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１ＥはバックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅの発光部Ｌ２Ｅと重なって配置されており、青色フィルタＣＦＢ１ＥはバックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅの発光部Ｌ３Ｅと重なって配置されており、黄色フィルタＣＦＹ１ＥはバックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅの発光部Ｌ４Ｅと重なって配置されている。 Through the liquid crystal shutter S1E, the red filter CFR1E is arranged so as to overlap the light emitting part L1E of the backlight pattern BK1E, and the green filter CFG1E is arranged so as to overlap with the light emitting part L2E of the backlight pattern BK1E, and the blue filter CFB1E Are arranged so as to overlap the light emitting part L3E of the backlight pattern BK1E, and the yellow filter CFY1E is arranged so as to overlap the light emitting part L4E of the backlight pattern BK1E.
　液晶シャッターＳ２Ｅを介して、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２ＥはバックライトパターンＢＫ２Ｅの発光部Ｌ１Ｅと重なって配置されており、緑色フィルタＣＦＧ２ＥはバックライトパターンＢＫ２Ｅの発光部Ｌ２Ｅと重なって配置されており、青色フィルタＣＦＢ２ＥはバックライトパターンＢＫ２Ｅの発光部Ｌ３Ｅと重なって配置されており、黄色フィルタＣＦＹ２ＥはバックライトパターンＢＫ２Ｅの発光部Ｌ４Ｅと重なって配置されている。 Through the liquid crystal shutter S2E, the red filter CFR2E is disposed so as to overlap the light emitting portion L1E of the backlight pattern BK2E, and the green filter CFG2E is disposed so as to overlap with the light emitting portion L2E of the backlight pattern BK2E, and the blue filter CFB2E Is disposed so as to overlap the light emitting portion L3E of the backlight pattern BK2E, and the yellow filter CFY2E is disposed so as to overlap the light emitting portion L4E of the backlight pattern BK2E.
　このように、１つの液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅを覆う複数のフィルタ部である、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１Ｅ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１Ｅ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１Ｅ，黄色フィルタＣＦＹ１Ｅは、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅが覆う全ての発光部Ｌ１Ｅ～Ｌ１Ｅ単位ごとに設けられている。また、１つの液晶シャッターＳ２Ｅを覆う複数のフィルタ部である、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２Ｅ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ２Ｅ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ２Ｅ，黄色フィルタＣＦＹ２Ｅは、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｅが覆う全ての発光部Ｌ１Ｅ～Ｌ４Ｅ単位ごとに設けられている。これにより、色再現性が高いカラー画像の表示を行うことができる。 As described above, the red filter CFR1E, the green filter CFG1E, the blue filter CFB1E, and the yellow filter CFY1E, which are a plurality of filter units that cover one liquid crystal shutter S1E, are provided for every light emitting unit L1E to L1E unit covered by the liquid crystal shutter S1E. Is provided. Further, a plurality of filter parts covering one liquid crystal shutter S2E, that is, a red filter CFR2E, a green filter CFG2E, a blue filter CFB2E, and a yellow filter CFY2E, are provided for every light emitting part L1E to L4E covered by the liquid crystal shutter S2E. ing. Thereby, a color image with high color reproducibility can be displayed.
　なお、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＥは、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅを覆う複数のフィルタ部である、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１Ｅ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１Ｅ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１Ｅ，黄色フィルタＣＦＹ１Ｅ、及び、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｅを覆う複数のフィルタ部である、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２Ｅ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ２Ｅ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ２Ｅ，黄色フィルタＣＦＹ２Ｅのうち、黄色フィルタＣＦＹ１Ｅ，ＣＦＹ２Ｅを省略した構成であってもよい。この場合、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＥは、赤色、緑色、青色に加え白色（Ｗ）を透過するカラーフィルタとして機能する。 The color filter unit CFE is a plurality of filter units that cover the liquid crystal shutter S1E, that is, a plurality of filter units that cover the red color filter CFR1E, the green color filter CFG1E, the blue color filter CFB1E, the yellow color filter CTY1E, and the liquid crystal shutter S2E. Of the red filter CFR2E, the green filter CFG2E, the blue filter CFB2E, and the yellow filter CFY2E, the yellow filters CFY1E and CFY2E may be omitted. In this case, the color filter unit CFE functions as a color filter that transmits white (W) in addition to red, green, and blue.
　このように、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦＥが備えるフィルタ部形成領域の何れかにフィルタ部を形成しない場合、１つの液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅを覆う複数のフィルタ部である、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１Ｅ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１Ｅ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ１Ｅは、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅが覆う全ての発光部Ｌ１Ｅ～Ｌ４Ｅのうち少なくとも一部である発光部Ｌ１Ｅ～Ｌ３Ｅ単位ごとに設けられていると表現することができる。また、１つの液晶シャッターＳ２Ｅを覆う複数のフィルタ部である、赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２Ｅ，緑色フィルタＣＦＧ２Ｅ，青色フィルタＣＦＢ２Ｅは、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｅが覆う全ての発光部Ｌ１Ｅ～Ｌ４Ｅのうち少なくとも一部である発光部Ｌ１Ｅ～Ｌ３Ｅ単位ごとに設けられていると表現することができる。これにより、色再現性が高く、輝度が高いカラー画像の表示を行うことができる。 As described above, when the filter unit is not formed in any one of the filter unit forming regions included in the color filter unit CFE, the red filter CFR1E, the green filter CFG1E, and the blue filter CFB1E, which are a plurality of filter units covering one liquid crystal shutter S1E. Can be expressed as being provided for each light emitting unit L1E to L3E, which is at least a part of all the light emitting units L1E to L4E covered by the liquid crystal shutter S1E. A plurality of filter units covering one liquid crystal shutter S2E, that is, a red filter CFR2E, a green filter CFG2E, and a blue filter CFB2E, are light emitting units that are at least a part of all the light emitting units L1E to L4E covered by the liquid crystal shutter S2E. It can be expressed as being provided for each unit of L1E to L3E. Thereby, a color image with high color reproducibility and high luminance can be displayed.
　次に、本実施形態に係る表示装置１がＲＧＢＹのデータによる画像を表示させる動作について説明する。 Next, an operation in which the display device 1 according to the present embodiment displays an image based on RGBY data will be described.
　（１）時刻ｔ＝１のとき
　まず、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅの開度（透過度）を表示データＲ１に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｅを表示データＲ２に相当する開度（透過度）とする。また、バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅ，ＢＫ２Ｅそれぞれの発光部Ｌ１Ｅ～Ｌ４Ｅのうち、発光部Ｌ１Ｅを発光させることで光ＰＬ１（図２２参照）を出射させる。 (1) When time t = 1 First, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1E is set to an opening degree corresponding to the display data R1, and the liquid crystal shutter S2E is set to an opening degree (transmittance) corresponding to the display data R2. . Further, among the light emitting portions L1E to L4E of the backlight patterns BK1E and BK2E, the light PL1 (see FIG. 22) is emitted by causing the light emitting portion L1E to emit light.
　これにより、バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅの発光部Ｌ１Ｅから出射した光ＰＬ１は、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅ及び赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１Ｅを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅ内の領域の一部（赤色フィルタＣＦＲ１Ｅ及び発光部Ｌ１Ｅの対応領域）に表示データＲ１による赤色光ＲＬ１が点灯する。 Thereby, the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1E of the backlight pattern BK1E is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1E and the red filter CFR1E. As a result, the red light RL1 based on the display data R1 is lit on a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1E (corresponding region of the red filter CFR1E and the light emitting unit L1E).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ２Ｅの発光部Ｌ１Ｅから出射した光ＰＬ１は、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｅ及び赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２Ｅを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｅ内の領域の一部（赤色フィルタＣＦＲ２Ｅ及び発光部Ｌ２Ｅの対応領域）に表示データＲ２による赤色光ＲＬ２が点灯する。 Further, the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1E of the backlight pattern BK2E is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2E and the red filter CFR2E. As a result, the red light RL2 based on the display data R2 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S2E (corresponding region of the red filter CFR2E and the light emitting unit L2E).
　（２）時刻ｔ＝２のとき
　時刻ｔ＝２において、時刻ｔ＝１時に表示したフレームの次のフレームを表示する際、まず、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅの開度（透過度）を表示データＧ１に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｅを表示データＧ２に相当する開度（透過度）とする。また、バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅ，ＢＫ２Ｅそれぞれの発光部Ｌ１Ｅ～Ｌ４Ｅのうち、発光部Ｌ２Ｅを発光させることで光ＰＬ２（図２２参照）を出射させる。 (2) When time t = 2 At time t = 2, when displaying a frame next to the frame displayed at time t = 1, first, the opening degree (transmissivity) of the liquid crystal shutter S1E corresponds to the display data G1. And the liquid crystal shutter S2E has an opening (transmittance) corresponding to the display data G2. Further, among the light emitting portions L1E to L4E of the backlight patterns BK1E and BK2E, the light PL2 (see FIG. 22) is emitted by causing the light emitting portion L2E to emit light.
　これにより、バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅの発光部Ｌ２Ｅから出射した光ＰＬ２は、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅ及び緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１Ｅを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅ内の領域の一部（緑色フィルタＣＦＧ１Ｅ及び発光部Ｌ２Ｅの対応領域）に表示データＧ１による緑色光ＧＬ１が点灯する。 Thereby, the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting portion L2E of the backlight pattern BK1E is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1E and the green filter CFG1E. As a result, the green light GL1 based on the display data G1 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1E (corresponding region of the green filter CFG1E and the light emitting unit L2E).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ２Ｅの発光部Ｌ２Ｅから出射した光ＰＬ２は、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｅ及び緑色フィルタＣＦＧ２Ｅを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｅ内の領域の一部（緑色フィルタＣＦＧ２Ｅ及び発光部Ｌ２Ｅの対応領域）に表示データＧ２による緑色光ＧＬ２が点灯する。 Further, the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting portion L2E of the backlight pattern BK2E is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2E and the green filter CFG2E. As a result, green light GL2 based on the display data G2 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S2E (corresponding region of the green filter CFG2E and the light emitting unit L2E).
　（３）時刻ｔ＝３のとき
　時刻ｔ＝３において、時刻ｔ＝３時に表示したフレームの次のフレームを表示する際、まず、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅの開度（透過度）を表示データＢ１に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｅを表示データＢ２に相当する開度（透過度）とする。また、バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅ，ＢＫ２Ｅそれぞれの発光部Ｌ１Ｅ～Ｌ４Ｅのうち、発光部Ｌ３Ｅを発光させることで光ＰＬ３（図２２参照）を出射させる。 (3) When time t = 3 At time t = 3, when displaying the next frame after the frame displayed at time t = 3, first, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1E corresponds to the display data B1. And the liquid crystal shutter S2E is set to an opening (transmittance) corresponding to the display data B2. Further, among the light emitting portions L1E to L4E of the backlight patterns BK1E and BK2E, the light PL3 (see FIG. 22) is emitted by causing the light emitting portion L3E to emit light.
　これにより、バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅの発光部Ｌ３Ｅから出射した光ＰＬ３は、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅ及び青色フィルタＣＦＢ１Ｅを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅ内の領域の一部（青色フィルタＣＦＢ１Ｅ及び発光部Ｌ３Ｅの対応領域）に表示データＢ１による青色光ＢＬ１が点灯する。 Thereby, the light PL3 emitted from the light emitting portion L3E of the backlight pattern BK1E is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1E and the blue filter CFB1E. As a result, the blue light BL1 based on the display data B1 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1E (corresponding region of the blue filter CFB1E and the light emitting portion L3E).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ２Ｅの発光部Ｌ３Ｅから出射した光ＰＬ３は、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｅ及び青色フィルタＣＦＢ２Ｅを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｅ内の領域の一部（青色フィルタＣＦＢ２Ｅ及び発光部Ｌ３Ｅの対応領域）に表示データＢ２による青色光ＢＬ２が点灯する。 Further, the light PL3 emitted from the light emitting part L3E of the backlight pattern BK2E is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2E and the blue filter CFB2E. As a result, the blue light BL2 based on the display data B2 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S2E (corresponding region of the blue filter CFB2E and the light emitting unit L3E).
　（４）時刻ｔ＝４のとき
　時刻ｔ＝４において、時刻ｔ＝４時に表示したフレームの次のフレームを表示する際、まず、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅの開度（透過度）を表示データＹ１に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｅを表示データＹ２に相当する開度（透過度）とする。また、バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅ，ＢＫ２Ｅそれぞれの発光部Ｌ１Ｅ～Ｌ４Ｅのうち、発光部Ｌ４Ｅを発光させることで光ＰＬ４（図２２参照）を出射させる。 (4) When time t = 4 At time t = 4, when displaying the next frame after the frame displayed at time t = 4, first, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1E corresponds to the display data Y1. And the liquid crystal shutter S2E has an opening (transmittance) corresponding to the display data Y2. Further, among the light emitting portions L1E to L4E of the backlight patterns BK1E and BK2E, the light PL4 (see FIG. 22) is emitted by causing the light emitting portion L4E to emit light.
　これにより、バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅの発光部Ｌ４Ｅから出射した光ＰＬ４は、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅ及び黄色フィルタＣＦＹ１Ｅを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅ内の領域の一部（黄色フィルタＣＦＹ１Ｅ及び発光部Ｌ４Ｅの対応領域）に表示データＹ１による黄色光ＹＬ１が点灯する。 Thereby, the light PL4 emitted from the light emitting portion L4E of the backlight pattern BK1E is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1E and the yellow filter CFY1E. Thereby, the yellow light YL1 by the display data Y1 is turned on in a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1E (corresponding region of the yellow filter CFY1E and the light emitting unit L4E).
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫ２Ｅの発光部Ｌ４Ｅから出射した光ＰＬ４は、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｅ及び黄色フィルタＣＦＹ２Ｅを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｅ内の領域の一部（黄色フィルタＣＦＹ２Ｅ及び発光部Ｌ４Ｅの対応領域）に表示データＹ２による黄色光ＹＬ２が点灯する。 Further, the light PL4 emitted from the light emitting part L4E of the backlight pattern BK2E is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2E and the yellow filter CFY2E. As a result, yellow light YL2 based on the display data Y2 is lit on a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S2E (corresponding region of the yellow filter CFY2E and the light emitting portion L4E).
　ｔ＝１，２，３，４，１，２，３，４，１，・・・のように処理を反復しながら画像を表示させることにより、垂直方向と水平方向とのうち、水平方向の解像度を、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅ，Ｓ２Ｅより上げることができる。 t = 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, 1,..., by displaying the image while repeating the processing, the horizontal direction of the vertical direction and the horizontal direction is displayed. The resolution can be increased from the liquid crystal shutters S1E and S2E.
　また、青色成分が弱いので、ｔ＝１，２，３，４，１，２，４，１，２，３，４，１，２，４，・・・のように、２周期のうち、１回のみ青色成分を光らせるなどしてもよい。このように、ＲＧＢＹ成分の点灯順は任意に設定可能である。 Moreover, since the blue component is weak, t = 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 4,. The blue component may be lit only once. Thus, the lighting order of the RGBY components can be set arbitrarily.
　（バックライト３０Ｅの構成）
　図２１及び図２２を用いて、本実施形態に係る表示装置１が備えるバックライト３０Ｅの構成について説明する。 (Configuration of backlight 30E)
The configuration of the backlight 30E included in the display device 1 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS.
　図２１は、本発明の実施形態６に係る表示装置１が備えるバックライト３０Ｅの構成を表す平面図である。 FIG. 21 is a plan view showing a configuration of a backlight 30E included in the display device 1 according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention.
　図２２は、本発明の実施形態６に係るバックライトパターンＢＫＤの斜視図である。 FIG. 22 is a perspective view of a backlight pattern BKD according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention.
　図２１に示すように、バックライト３０Ｅは、導光板３１Ｅと、光源部３３～３５とを備えている。 As shown in FIG. 21, the backlight 30E includes a light guide plate 31E and light source units 33 to 35.
　導光板３１Ｅは、正方形状又は長方形状を有している。導光板３１Ｅは、内部の底面に、当該底面から突出した形状のプリズムであるバックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅ,ＢＫ２Ｅ・・・（ＢＫＥ）がＸＹ方向に並んでマトリクス状に配置されている。 The light guide plate 31E has a square shape or a rectangular shape. In the light guide plate 31E, backlight patterns BK1E, BK2E,... (BKE), which are prisms having a shape protruding from the bottom surface, are arranged in a matrix along the XY direction.
　バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅ，ＢＫ２Ｅ,・・・は、それぞれ、４つの光源部３２～３５からの出射光Ｐ１～Ｐ４を、それぞれ表示パネル１０が配置された方向へ反射することで発光する発光部Ｌ１Ｅ～Ｌ４Ｅを備えている。 Each of the backlight patterns BK1E, BK2E,... Emits light by reflecting the emitted lights P1 to P4 from the four light source units 32 to 35 in the direction in which the display panel 10 is arranged. L4E is provided.
　導光板３１Ｅは、両主面を支持する、第１側部３１Ｅｃ、第２側部３１Ｅｄ、第３側部３１Ｅｅ、及び、第４側部３１Ｅｆを備えている。第１側部３１Ｅｃと、第４側部３１Ｅｆとは、両主面と介してＸ方向に互いに対向して配置されている。第２側部３１Ｅｄと、第３側部３１Ｅｅとは、両主面と介してＹ方向に互いに対向して配置されている。 The light guide plate 31E includes a first side part 31Ec, a second side part 31Ed, a third side part 31Ee, and a fourth side part 31Ef that support both main surfaces. The first side portion 31Ec and the fourth side portion 31Ef are disposed to face each other in the X direction via both main surfaces. The second side portion 31Ed and the third side portion 31Ee are arranged to face each other in the Y direction via both main surfaces.
　光源部３２は導光板３１Ｅの第１側部３１Ｅｃに沿って、当該第１側部３１Ｅｃと対向して配置されている。光源部３３は導光板３１Ｅの第２側部３１Ｅｄに沿って、当該第２側部３１Ｅｄと対向して配置されている。光源部３４は導光板３１Ｅの第３側部３１Ｅｅに沿って、当該第３側部３１Ｅｅと対向して配置されている。光源部３５は導光板３１Ｅの第４側部３１Ｅｆに沿って、当該第４側部３１Ｅｆと対向して配置されている。光源部３２と、光源部３５とは、導光板３１Ｅを介してＸ方向に、互いに並んで対向配置されている。光源部３３と、光源部３４とは、導光板３１Ｅを介してＹ方向に、互いに並んで対向配置されている。 The light source unit 32 is disposed along the first side portion 31Ec of the light guide plate 31E so as to face the first side portion 31Ec. The light source unit 33 is disposed along the second side portion 31Ed of the light guide plate 31E so as to face the second side portion 31Ed. The light source part 34 is arranged along the third side part 31Ee of the light guide plate 31E so as to face the third side part 31Ee. The light source part 35 is disposed along the fourth side part 31Ef of the light guide plate 31E so as to face the fourth side part 31Ef. The light source unit 32 and the light source unit 35 are arranged opposite to each other in the X direction via the light guide plate 31E. The light source unit 33 and the light source unit 34 are arranged to face each other in the Y direction via the light guide plate 31E.
　図２２に示すように、バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅ，ＢＫ２Ｅにおいて、発光部Ｌ１Ｅは、光源部３２から出射し導光板３１Ｅの第２側部３１Ｅｄから導光板３１Ｅ内に入射した出射光Ｐ１を、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅ，Ｓ２Ｅ及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＥに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ１として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ１Ｅは、出射光Ｐ１の入射面である導光板３１Ｅの第１側部３１Ｅｃへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ１Ｅａを備えている。発光部Ｌ１Ｅは、反射面Ｌ１Ｅａにより、出射光Ｐ１をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ１として反射する。 As shown in FIG. 22, in the backlight patterns BK1E and BK2E, the light emitting part L1E emits the emitted light P1 emitted from the light source part 32 and incident on the light guide plate 31E from the second side part 31Ed of the light guide plate 31E. The light is reflected in the direction toward S1E, S2E and the color filter portion CFE, that is, in the Z direction as light PL1. As an example, the light emitting portion L1E includes a reflective surface L1Ea that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the first side portion 31Ec of the light guide plate 31E that is the incident surface of the outgoing light P1. The light emitting unit L1E reflects the emitted light P1 as light PL1 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L1Ea.
　バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅ，ＢＫ２Ｅにおいて、発光部Ｌ２Ｅは、光源部３３から出射し導光板３１Ｅの第２側部３１Ｅｄから導光板３１Ｅ内に入射した出射光Ｐ２を、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅ，Ｓ２Ｅ及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＥに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ２として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ２Ｅは、出射光Ｐ２の入射面である導光板３１Ｅの第２側部３１Ｅｄへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ２Ｅａを備えている。発光部Ｌ２Ｅは、反射面Ｌ２Ｅａにより、出射光Ｐ２をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ２として反射する。 In the backlight patterns BK1E and BK2E, the light emitting portion L2E uses the light P2 emitted from the light source portion 33 and incident on the light guide plate 31E from the second side portion 31Ed of the light guide plate 31E, as liquid crystal shutters S1E and S2E and a color filter portion. The light is reflected as light PL2 in the direction toward the CFE, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting portion L2E includes a reflective surface L2Ea that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the second side portion 31Ed of the light guide plate 31E that is the incident surface of the emitted light P2. The light emitting unit L2E reflects the outgoing light P2 as light PL2 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L2Ea.
　バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅ，ＢＫ２Ｅにおいて、発光部Ｌ３Ｅは、光源部３４から出射し導光板３１Ｅの第３側部３１Ｅｅから導光板３１Ｅ内に入射した出射光Ｐ３を、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅ，Ｓ２Ｅ及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＥに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ３として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ３Ｅは、出射光Ｐ３の入射面である導光板３１Ｅの第３側部３１Ｅｅへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ３Ｅａを備えている。発光部Ｌ３Ｅは、反射面Ｌ３Ｅａにより、出射光Ｐ３をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ３として反射する。 In the backlight patterns BK1E and BK2E, the light emitting unit L3E outputs the emitted light P3 emitted from the light source unit 34 and incident on the light guide plate 31E from the third side portion 31Ee of the light guide plate 31E, and the liquid crystal shutters S1E and S2E and the color filter unit. The light is reflected as light PL3 in the direction toward the CFE, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting portion L3E includes a reflective surface L3Ea that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the third side portion 31Ee of the light guide plate 31E that is the incident surface of the emitted light P3. The light emitting unit L3E reflects the emitted light P3 as light PL3 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L3Ea.
　バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅ，ＢＫ２Ｅにおいて、発光部Ｌ４Ｅは、光源部３５から出射し導光板３１Ｅの第４側部３１Ｅｆから導光板３１Ｅ内に入射した出射光Ｐ４を、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｅ，Ｓ２Ｅ及びカラーフィルタ部ＣＦＥに向かう方向、すなわち、Ｚ方向へ光ＰＬ４として反射する形状となっている。一例として、発光部Ｌ４Ｅは、出射光Ｐ４の入射面である導光板３１Ｅの第４側部３１Ｅｆへ近づくにつれて厚みが薄くなるように傾斜する反射面Ｌ４Ｅａを備えている。発光部Ｌ４Ｅは、反射面Ｌ４Ｅａにより、出射光Ｐ４をＺ軸方向へ光ＰＬ４として反射する。 In the backlight patterns BK1E and BK2E, the light emitting unit L4E uses the emitted light P4 emitted from the light source unit 35 and incident on the light guide plate 31E from the fourth side portion 31Ef of the light guide plate 31E to the liquid crystal shutters S1E and S2E and the color filter unit. The shape is reflected as light PL4 in the direction toward the CFE, that is, in the Z direction. As an example, the light emitting portion L4E includes a reflective surface L4Ea that is inclined so that the thickness decreases as it approaches the fourth side portion 31Ef of the light guide plate 31E that is the incident surface of the outgoing light P4. The light emitting unit L4E reflects the outgoing light P4 as light PL4 in the Z-axis direction by the reflecting surface L4Ea.
　このようにして、各バックライトパターンＢＫ１Ｅ，ＢＫ２Ｅにおいて、発光部Ｌ１Ｅは光ＰＬ１を発光し、発光部Ｌ２Ｅは光ＰＬ２を発光し、発光部Ｌ３Ｅは光ＰＬ３を発光し、発光部Ｌ４Ｅは光ＰＬ４を発光する。 In this manner, in each of the backlight patterns BK1E and BK2E, the light emitting unit L1E emits light PL1, the light emitting unit L2E emits light PL2, the light emitting unit L3E emits light PL3, and the light emitting unit L4E emits light PL4. Is emitted.
　〔実施形態７〕
　本発明の実施形態７について、図２３～図２５に基づいて説明すれば、以下のとおりである。なお、説明の便宜上、実施形態１～６にて説明した部材と同じ機能を有する部材については、同じ符号を付記し、その説明を省略する。 [Embodiment 7]
The seventh embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS. For convenience of explanation, members having the same functions as those described in the first to sixth embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.
　図２３は、本発明の実施形態７に係る表示装置１Ｆの構成を表す断面図である。表示装置１Ｆは、表示装置１（図１参照）からカラーフィルタ部ＣＦを除いた構成である点が、表示装置１との主な相違点である。表示装置１Ｆは、表示パネル１０Ｆと、バックライト３０Ｃと、制御部５０とを備えている。 FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration of a display device 1F according to Embodiment 7 of the present invention. The display device 1F is different from the display device 1 in that the color filter unit CF is removed from the display device 1 (see FIG. 1). The display device 1F includes a display panel 10F, a backlight 30C, and a control unit 50.
　表示パネル１０Ｆは、シール１６によって互いに貼り合わされている、素子基板２０と対向基板１１Ｆと、素子基板２０及び対向基板１１Ｆの間に封入されている液晶１５とを備えている。 The display panel 10F includes an element substrate 20, a counter substrate 11F, and a liquid crystal 15 sealed between the element substrate 20 and the counter substrate 11F, which are bonded to each other with a seal 16.
　対向基板１１Ｆは、ガラス基板１２と、当該ガラス基板１２の素子基板２０との対向面側に設けられた、共通電極、配向膜等を備えている。対向基板１１Ｆは、対向基板１１（図１参照）からカラーフィルタ部ＣＦを除いた構成である。 The counter substrate 11F includes a common electrode, an alignment film, and the like provided on the glass substrate 12 and the surface of the glass substrate 12 facing the element substrate 20. The counter substrate 11F has a configuration in which the color filter portion CF is removed from the counter substrate 11 (see FIG. 1).
　このように、表示装置１Ｆは、カラーフィルタ部ＣＦが設けられていないため、モノクロの画像を表示する。 Thus, since the color filter unit CF is not provided, the display device 1F displays a monochrome image.
　なお、表示装置１Ｆは、バックライト３０Ｃに換えて、バックライト３０，３０Ａ，３０Ｂ，３０Ｄ，３０Ｅの何れかであってもよいし、他の構造のバックライトであってもよい。 The display device 1F may be one of the backlights 30, 30A, 30B, 30D, and 30E instead of the backlight 30C, or may be a backlight having another structure.
　図２４は本発明の実施形態７に係る表示装置１Ｆの動作を説明する図である。図２４の（ａ）は各画素に表示すべき表示データを表し、（ｂ）は液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃを表し、（ｃ）はバックライトパターンＢＫＣを表し、（ｄ）は表示状態を表す図である。 FIG. 24 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the display device 1F according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention. 24A shows display data to be displayed on each pixel, FIG. 24B shows liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C, FIG. 24C shows a backlight pattern BKC, and FIG. 24D shows a display state. It is.
　図２４に示すように、表示装置１Ｆは、液晶シャッターＳＣ、バックライトパターンＢＫＣを備えている。液晶シャッターＳＣは、図１４を用いて実施形態４で説明したものと同様である。また、バックライトパターンＢＫＣは、図１４～図１６を用いて実施形態４で説明したものと同様である。 As shown in FIG. 24, the display device 1F includes a liquid crystal shutter SC and a backlight pattern BKC. The liquid crystal shutter SC is the same as that described in the fourth embodiment with reference to FIG. The backlight pattern BKC is the same as that described in the fourth embodiment with reference to FIGS.
　液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃは、従来のモノクロ画像を表示する表示パネルにおいては、モノクロ画像を表示する各画素に対応し、従来のモノクロ画像を表示する表示パネルにおいては、モノクロ画像を構成する最小単位のドットとなる。しかし、本実施形態においては、モノクロ画像を表示する際、各液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ,Ｓ２Ｃ,Ｓ３Ｃそれぞれは、さらに、複数の表示領域である発光部Ｌ１Ｃ，Ｌ２ＣによってＹ方向に分割されるため、各液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ,Ｓ２Ｃ,Ｓ３Ｃは、表示するモノクロ画像を構成する最小単位のドットではない。 The liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C correspond to each pixel that displays a monochrome image in a conventional display panel that displays a monochrome image, and in the display panel that displays a conventional monochrome image, the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C It becomes a dot. However, in the present embodiment, when displaying a monochrome image, each of the liquid crystal shutters S1C, S2C, S3C is further divided in the Y direction by the light emitting units L1C, L2C, which are a plurality of display areas. The shutters S1C, S2C, and S3C are not the minimum unit dots constituting a monochrome image to be displayed.
　バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ１Ｃは、水平方向に並ぶ液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃに渡って繋がっており、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ２Ｃは、水平方向に並ぶ液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃに渡って繋がっている。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃは、発光部Ｌ１Ｃが発光することでそれぞれの一部の領域が同じタイミングで点灯し、発光部Ｌ２Ｃが発光することでそれぞれの他の一部の領域が同じタイミングで点灯する。 The light emitting part L1C of the backlight pattern BKC is connected across the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C arranged in the horizontal direction, and the light emitting part L2C of the backlight pattern BKC is connected across the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C arranged in the horizontal direction. Yes. As a result, the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C are lit at the same timing when the light emitting portion L1C emits light, and the other partial regions at the same timing when the light emitting portion L2C emits light. Lights on.
　また、発光部Ｌ１Ｃ，Ｌ２Ｃは、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ～Ｓ３Ｃだけでなく、ＸＹ方向のうち、同一方向に並ぶ液晶シャッターの一部の領域が同じタイミングで点灯するように表示装置１Ｆを動作させる場合、当該同一方向に並ぶ液晶シャッターの一部の領域と重なるように一体として繋がって延伸した構成であってもよい。つまり、ＸＹ方向のうち、同一方向に並ぶ液晶シャッターの一部の領域が表示部の一方の端部から他方の端部まで同じタイミングで点灯するように表示装置１Ｆを動作させる場合、発光部Ｌ１Ｃ，Ｌ２Ｃは、当該表示部の一方の端部から他方の端部まで繋がって延伸していてもよい。 The light emitting units L1C and L2C operate not only the liquid crystal shutters S1C to S3C but also the display device 1F so that some areas of the liquid crystal shutters arranged in the same direction in the XY directions are lit at the same timing. A configuration may be adopted in which the liquid crystal shutters arranged in the same direction are integrally connected and extended so as to overlap a part of the region. That is, when the display device 1F is operated so that a part of the liquid crystal shutters arranged in the same direction in the XY directions is lit at the same timing from one end to the other end of the display unit, the light emitting unit L1C , L2C may be extended from one end of the display unit to the other end.
　図２４の（ａ）に示す表示データＤ１１，Ｄ１２，Ｄ１３，Ｄ２１，Ｄ２２，Ｄ２３は、従来のモノクロ画像を表示する液晶表示装置においては、白から黒に至るまでの階調を表示する各画素に入力すべき表示データである。 The display data D11, D12, D13, D21, D22, and D23 shown in FIG. 24A are pixels that display gradations ranging from white to black in a conventional liquid crystal display device that displays a monochrome image. Is display data to be input.
　図２４の（ｂ）（ｃ）に示す液晶シャッターＳＣと、バックライトパターンＢＫＣとは、平面視において、液晶シャッターＳＣの下方にバックライトパターンＢＫＣが配置されることで、両者は重なって配置されている。 The liquid crystal shutter SC and the backlight pattern BKC shown in FIGS. 24B and 24C are arranged so that they overlap each other when the backlight pattern BKC is arranged below the liquid crystal shutter SC in plan view. ing.
　（表示装置１Ｆの動作１）
　次に、図２４を用いて、表示装置１Ｆの動作について説明する。 (Operation 1 of display device 1F)
Next, the operation of the display device 1F will be described with reference to FIG.
　（１）時刻ｔ＝１のとき
　まず、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃの開度（透過度）を表示データＤ１１に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｃを表示データＤ１２に相当する開度（透過度）とし、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｃの開度（透過度）を表示データＤ１３に相当する開度（透過度）とする。また、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ１Ｃ・Ｌ２Ｃのうち、発光部Ｌ１Ｃを発光させることで光ＰＬ１（図１６参照）を出射させる。 (1) When time t = 1 First, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1C is set to an opening degree corresponding to the display data D11, and the liquid crystal shutter S2C is set to an opening degree (transmittance) corresponding to the display data D12. The opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S3C is set as an opening degree (transmittance) corresponding to the display data D13. Further, the light PL1 (see FIG. 16) is emitted by causing the light emitting portion L1C to emit light among the light emitting portions L1C and L2C of the backlight pattern BKC.
　これにより、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ１Ｃから出射した光ＰＬ１は、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ内の領域の一部である、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃと、発光部Ｌ１Ｃとが重なっている領域に、表示データＤ１１によるモノクロ光（白または黒の光）ＤＬ１１が点灯する。 Thereby, the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1C. As a result, the monochrome light (white or black light) DL11 based on the display data D11 is turned on in an area where the liquid crystal shutter S1C and the light emitting unit L1C overlap, which is a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S1C.
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ１Ｃから出射された光ＰＬ１は、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｃを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｃ内の領域の一部である、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｃと、発光部Ｌ１Ｃとが重なっている領域に、表示データＤ１２によるモノクロ光ＤＬ１２が点灯する。 Further, the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting part L1C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2C. As a result, the monochrome light DL12 based on the display data D12 is turned on in an area where the liquid crystal shutter S2C and the light emitting unit L1C overlap, which is a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S2C.
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ１Ｃから出射された光ＰＬ１は、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｃを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｃ内の領域の一部である、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｃと、発光部Ｌ１Ｃとが重なっている領域に、モノクロ光ＤＬ１３が点灯する。 Also, the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3C. As a result, the monochrome light DL13 is lit in an area where the liquid crystal shutter S3C and the light emitting portion L1C overlap, which is a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S3C.
　（２）時刻ｔ＝２のとき
　時刻ｔ＝２において、時刻ｔ＝１時に表示したフレームの次のフレームを表示する際、まず、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃの開度（透過度）を表示データＤ２１に相当する開度とし、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｃを表示データＤ２２に相当する開度（透過度）とし、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｃの開度（透過度）を表示データＤ２３に相当する開度（透過度）とする。また、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ１Ｃ・Ｌ２Ｃのうち、発光部Ｌ２Ｃを発光させることで光ＰＬ２（図１６参照）を出射させる。 (2) When time t = 2 At time t = 2, when displaying the next frame after the frame displayed at time t = 1, first, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1C corresponds to the display data D21. The opening degree (transmittance) corresponding to the display data D22 is set to the liquid crystal shutter S2C, and the opening degree (transmittance) corresponding to the display data D23 is set to the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S3C. Moreover, light PL2 (refer FIG. 16) is radiate | emitted by making light emission part L2C light-emit among light emission parts L1C * L2C of the backlight pattern BKC.
　これにより、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ２Ｃから出射した光ＰＬ２は、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ内の領域の一部である、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃと、発光部Ｌ２Ｃとが重なっている領域に、表示データＤ２１によるモノクロ光ＤＬ２１が点灯する。 Thereby, the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting portion L2C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1C. As a result, the monochrome light DL21 based on the display data D21 is turned on in an area where the liquid crystal shutter S1C and the light emitting unit L2C overlap, which is a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S1C.
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ２Ｃから出射された光ＰＬ２は、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｃを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｃ内の領域の一部である、液晶シャッターＳ２Ｃと、発光部Ｌ２Ｃとが重なっている領域に、表示データＤ２２によるモノクロ光ＤＬ２２が点灯する。 Also, the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting portion L2C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S2C. As a result, the monochrome light DL22 based on the display data D22 is turned on in an area where the liquid crystal shutter S2C and the light emitting unit L2C overlap, which is a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S2C.
　また、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ２Ｃから出射された光ＰＬ２は、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｃを透過する。これにより、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｃ内の領域の一部である、液晶シャッターＳ３Ｃと、発光部Ｌ２Ｃとが重なっている領域に、表示データＤ２３によるモノクロ光ＤＬ２３が点灯する。 Also, the light PL2 emitted from the light emitting portion L2C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S3C. As a result, the monochrome light DL23 based on the display data D23 is turned on in an area where the liquid crystal shutter S3C and the light emitting portion L2C overlap, which is a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S3C.
　上記ｔ＝１における処理と、ｔ＝２における処理とを反復しながら画像を表示させることにより、垂直方向と水平方向とのうち、垂直方向のみ、液晶シャッターＳＣの解像度をより上げることができる。 By displaying the image while repeating the processing at t = 1 and the processing at t = 2, the resolution of the liquid crystal shutter SC can be further increased only in the vertical direction between the vertical direction and the horizontal direction.
　（表示装置１Ｆの動作２）
　次に、図２４、図２５を用いて、表示装置１Ｆの他の動作について説明する。 (Operation 2 of display device 1F)
Next, another operation of the display device 1F will be described with reference to FIGS.
　表示装置１Ｆは、バックライト３０Ｃを時分割で発光させることで、表示画像の高解像度化を実現させている。このバックライト３０Ｃが時分割で発光する動作としては他の動作のさせ方も挙げることができる。 The display device 1F realizes high resolution of the display image by causing the backlight 30C to emit light in a time-sharing manner. As an operation in which the backlight 30C emits light in a time-sharing manner, other methods of operation can be cited.
　例えば、１フレームを、複数の発光期間に時分割して表示するようにしてもよい。 For example, one frame may be displayed while being divided into a plurality of light emission periods.
　図２５は、１フレームを３つの発光期間に時分割して表示データを表示する例を表す図である。なお、ここでは、表示データＤ１１の輝度をＤ１１とし、表示データＤ１２の輝度をＤ１２とすると、Ｄ１１＜Ｄ１２である場合に着いて説明する。 FIG. 25 is a diagram illustrating an example in which display data is displayed by time-dividing one frame into three light emission periods. Here, a case where D11 <D12 will be described assuming that the luminance of the display data D11 is D11 and the luminance of the display data D12 is D12.
　図２５の（ａ）（ｂ）に示すように、１フレームを、期間Ｔ＝１～３の３つの期間に分割して表示する場合について説明する。 A case will be described in which one frame is divided into three periods of periods T = 1 to 3 and displayed as shown in FIGS.
　図２５の（ａ）に示すように、期間Ｔ＝１のとき、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃの開度（透過度）を、表示データＤ１１に相当する開度から、表示データＤ１１と表示データＤ２１とのうち小さい方の開度を引いた開度する。また、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ１Ｃ・Ｌ２Ｃのうち、発光部Ｌ１Ｃを発光させることで光ＰＬ１（図１６参照）を出射させる。 As shown in FIG. 25A, when the period T = 1, the opening degree (transmittance) of the liquid crystal shutter S1C is determined from the opening degree corresponding to the display data D11, among the display data D11 and the display data D21. The opening is obtained by subtracting the smaller opening. Further, the light PL1 (see FIG. 16) is emitted by causing the light emitting portion L1C to emit light among the light emitting portions L1C and L2C of the backlight pattern BKC.
　図２５の（ｂ）に示すように、これにより、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ１Ｃから出射した光ＰＬ１は、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃを透過する。 As shown in FIG. 25 (b), the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1C.
　期間Ｔ＝１のときは、これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ内の領域の一部にて出射されるモノクロ光ＤＬ１１の輝度は、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃの開度をＳ１Ｃ、発光部Ｌ１Ｃの輝度をＬ１Ｃとすると、Ｓ１Ｃ×Ｌ１Ｃ＝０（ノーマリーブラックの場合は黒表示、ノーマリーホワイトの場合は白表示）となり、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ内の領域の他の一部にて出射されるモノクロ光ＤＬ１２の輝度は、Ｓ１Ｃ×Ｌ１Ｃ＝０（ノーマリーブラックの場合は黒表示、ノーマリーホワイトの場合は白表示）となる。 Accordingly, when the period T = 1, the luminance of the monochrome light DL11 emitted from a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1C is assumed that the opening degree of the liquid crystal shutter S1C is S1C and the luminance of the light emitting unit L1C is L1C. S1C × L1C = 0 (black display in the case of normally black, white display in the case of normally white), and the luminance of the monochrome light DL12 emitted from the other part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S1C is S1C × L1C = 0 (black display for normally black, white display for normally white).
　期間Ｔ＝１経過後の次の期間Ｔ＝２となると、図２５の（ａ）に示すように、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃの開度を、表示データＤ１１と表示データＤ２１とのうち小さい方の開度とする。また、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ１Ｃ・Ｌ２Ｃのうち、両方の発光部Ｌ１Ｃ・Ｌ２Ｃを発光させることで光ＰＬ１・ＰＬ２（図１６参照）を出射させる。 When the next period T = 2 after the elapse of the period T = 1, as shown in FIG. 25A, the opening of the liquid crystal shutter S1C is set to the smaller one of the display data D11 and the display data D21. And Moreover, light PL1 * PL2 (refer FIG. 16) is radiate | emitted by making both light emission part L1C * L2C light-emit among light emission parts L1C * L2C of the backlight pattern BKC.
　図２５の（ｂ）に示すように、これにより、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ１Ｃから出射した光ＰＬ１は、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃを透過する。 As shown in FIG. 25 (b), the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1C.
　期間Ｔ＝２のときは、これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ内の領域の一部にて出射されるモノクロ光ＤＬ１１の輝度は、表示データＤ１１の輝度をＤ１１とすると、Ｓ１Ｃ×Ｌ１Ｃ＝Ｄ１１となり、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ内の領域の他の一部にて出射されるモノクロ光ＤＬ１２の輝度は、Ｓ１Ｃ×Ｌ２Ｃ＝Ｄ１１となる。 Accordingly, when the period T = 2, the luminance of the monochrome light DL11 emitted from a part of the region in the liquid crystal shutter S1C is S1C × L1C = D11 where the luminance of the display data D11 is D11. The luminance of the monochrome light DL12 emitted from another part of the area in the shutter S1C is S1C × L2C = D11.
　期間Ｔ＝２経過後の次の期間Ｔ＝３となると、図２５の（ａ）に示すように、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃの開度を、表示データＤ２１の開度から、表示データＤ１１と表示データＤ２１とのうち小さい方を引いた開度とする。また、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ１Ｃ・Ｌ２Ｃのうち、発光部Ｌ２Ｃを発光させることで光ＰＬ２（図１６参照）を出射させる。 When the next period T = 3 after the lapse of the period T = 2, as shown in FIG. 25A, the opening degree of the liquid crystal shutter S1C is changed from the opening degree of the display data D21 to the display data D11 and the display data D21. The opening is calculated by subtracting the smaller one. Moreover, light PL2 (refer FIG. 16) is radiate | emitted by making light emission part L2C light-emit among light emission parts L1C * L2C of the backlight pattern BKC.
　図２５の（ｂ）に示すように、これにより、バックライトパターンＢＫＣの発光部Ｌ１Ｃから出射した光ＰＬ１は、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃを透過する。 As shown in FIG. 25 (b), the light PL1 emitted from the light emitting portion L1C of the backlight pattern BKC is transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter S1C.
　時刻ｔ＝３のときは、これにより、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ内の領域の一部にて出射されるモノクロ光ＤＬ１１の輝度は、Ｓ１Ｃ×Ｌ１Ｃ＝０（ノーマリーブラックの場合は黒表示、ノーマリーホワイトの場合は白表示）となり、液晶シャッターＳ１Ｃ内の領域の他の一部にて出射されるモノクロ光ＤＬ１２の輝度は、Ｓ１Ｃ×Ｌ２Ｃ＝Ｄ２１－Ｄ１１となる。 When the time t = 3, the luminance of the monochrome light DL11 emitted from a part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S1C is S1C × L1C = 0 (black display in the case of normally black, normally white) In this case, the brightness of the monochrome light DL12 emitted from the other part of the area in the liquid crystal shutter S1C is S1C × L2C = D21−D11.
　この期間Ｔ＝１～３を経ることで、１フレーム中におけるモノクロ光ＤＬ１１の合計の輝度は、期間Ｔ＝１～Ｔ３それぞれの輝度を順に足すと、０＋Ｄ１１＋０＝Ｄ１１となる。また、１フレーム中におけるモノクロ光ＤＬ２１の合計の輝度は、期間Ｔ＝１～Ｔ３それぞれの輝度を順に足すと、０＋Ｄ１１＋（Ｄ２１－Ｄ１１）＝Ｄ２１となる。 Through this period T = 1 to 3, the total luminance of the monochrome light DL11 in one frame becomes 0 + D11 + 0 = D11 when the luminances of the periods T = 1 to T3 are added in order. The total luminance of the monochrome light DL21 in one frame is 0 + D11 + (D21−D11) = D21 when the luminances of the periods T = 1 to T3 are added in order.
　このように、表示装置１Ｆにおいては、発光部Ｌ１Ｃ，Ｌ２Ｃのうち、Ｔ＝２のとき、発光部Ｌ１Ｃ，Ｌ２Ｃの両方が発光するように、制御部５０（図２３参照）がそれぞれの発光を制御する。このように、発光部Ｌ１Ｃ，Ｌ２Ｃは、独立してそれぞれ発光期間の制御が可能であるため、表示する画像に応じて種々のタイミングで発光させることができる。 Thus, in the display device 1F, the control unit 50 (see FIG. 23) emits each light so that both of the light emitting units L1C and L2C emit light when T = 2. Control. As described above, the light emitting units L1C and L2C can independently control the light emission period, and thus can emit light at various timings according to the image to be displayed.
　また、このように発光部Ｌ１Ｃ，Ｌ２Ｃの両方が同時に発光しても良い。これにより、実施軽形態１にて説明したように、１つあたりの発光部が点灯する期間を長くすることができる。この結果、発光部Ｌ１Ｃ，Ｌ２Ｃのうち１つだけを発光させる場合と比べて、平均点灯率が高まることになり、最大輝度を高めることが可能となる効果をもたらす。 Further, in this way, both the light emitting portions L1C and L2C may emit light simultaneously. Thereby, as demonstrated in the light embodiment 1, the period when the light emission part per one can be lightened can be lengthened. As a result, compared with the case where only one of the light emitting portions L1C and L2C is made to emit light, the average lighting rate is increased, and the maximum luminance can be increased.
　〔まとめ〕
　本発明の態様１に係る表示装置１は、独立して光をドット状に出射する発光部が行列方向にマトリクス状に配置された導光板を備える照明部と、上記照明部から出射される光の透過状態を制御し、行列方向にマトリクス状に配置された液晶シャッターとを備え、平面視したとき、行方向及び列方向のうち、少なくとも一方向において、上記液晶シャッターは、それぞれ、複数の上記発光部を覆っていることを特徴とする。 [Summary]
The display device 1 according to the first aspect of the present invention includes an illumination unit including a light guide plate in which light emitting units that independently emit light in a dot shape are arranged in a matrix in a matrix direction, and light emitted from the illumination unit Liquid crystal shutters arranged in a matrix in the matrix direction, and when viewed in plan, the liquid crystal shutters in each of at least one of the row direction and the column direction are each a plurality of the above-described liquid crystal shutters. The light emitting unit is covered.
　上記構成によると、上記液晶シャッターは、それぞれ、行方向及び列方向のうち、少なくとも一方向において、複数個の上記発光部を覆っている。このため、上記液晶シャッターよりも高い解像度の画像を表示することができる。これにより、液晶シャッターの微細化を伴うことなく解像度を向上することができる。この結果、製造時の歩留り低下を抑制することができる。 According to the above configuration, each of the liquid crystal shutters covers the plurality of light emitting units in at least one of the row direction and the column direction. For this reason, an image having a higher resolution than that of the liquid crystal shutter can be displayed. As a result, the resolution can be improved without the miniaturization of the liquid crystal shutter. As a result, it is possible to suppress a decrease in yield during manufacturing.
　本発明の態様２に係る表示装置は、上記態様１において、１つの上記液晶シャッターが覆う上記複数の発光部の発光期間を独立して制御する制御部を備えていることが好ましい。上記構成によると、上記制御部は、上記複数の発光部の発光期間を、独立して制御するため、上記液晶シャッターよりも高い解像度の画像を表示することができる。 The display device according to aspect 2 of the present invention preferably includes a control unit that independently controls the light emission periods of the plurality of light emitting units covered by one liquid crystal shutter in the above aspect 1. According to the above configuration, since the control unit independently controls the light emission periods of the plurality of light emitting units, it is possible to display an image with a resolution higher than that of the liquid crystal shutter.
　本発明の態様３に係る表示装置は、上記態様２において、上記制御部は、上記１つの上記液晶シャッターが覆う上記複数の発光部のうち、２以上の発光部が同時に発光するように制御してもよい。これにより、最大輝度を高めることが可能となる。 In the display device according to aspect 3 of the present invention, in the aspect 2, the control unit controls the two or more light emitting units among the plurality of light emitting units covered by the one liquid crystal shutter to emit light simultaneously. May be. As a result, the maximum luminance can be increased.
　本発明の態様４に係る表示装置は、上記態様１～３において、１つの上記液晶シャッターが覆う上記複数の発光部のうち、少なくとも１つは、当該１つの液晶シャッターに隣接する他の液晶シャッターに跨って延伸していることが好ましい。これにより、上記複数の発光部の高精細化に伴う歩留り低下を抑制することができる。 In the display device according to aspect 4 of the present invention, in any of the above aspects 1 to 3, at least one of the plurality of light emitting units covered by one liquid crystal shutter is another liquid crystal shutter adjacent to the one liquid crystal shutter. It is preferable that the film is stretched across. Thereby, the yield fall accompanying the high definition of said several light emission part can be suppressed.
　本発明の態様５に係る表示装置は、上記態様１～４において、上記液晶シャッターが透過した光のうち特定の色の光を透過するフィルター部が、行列方向にマトリクス状に配置されたカラーフィルタ部とを備えていることが好ましい。上記構成により、カラー画像の表示を行うことができる。 The display device according to aspect 5 of the present invention is the color filter according to any of the above aspects 1 to 4, wherein filter portions that transmit light of a specific color among light transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter are arranged in a matrix in the matrix direction. It is preferable to provide a part. With the above configuration, a color image can be displayed.
　本発明の態様６に係る表示装置は、上記態様５において、１つの上記液晶シャッターを、複数の上記フィルター部が覆っていることが好ましい。これにより、高精細なカラー画像の表示を行うことができる。 In the display device according to aspect 6 of the present invention, in the aspect 5, it is preferable that one liquid crystal shutter is covered with a plurality of the filter portions. Thereby, a high-definition color image can be displayed.
　本発明の態様７に係る表示装置は、上記態様６において、上記１つの上記液晶シャッターを覆う上記複数の上記フィルター部は、上記１つの上記液晶シャッターが覆う上記複数の発光部のうち、少なくとも一部の発光部単位ごとに設けられていることが好ましい。これにより、上記少なくとも一部の発光部単位ごとに、上記フィルタ部に光を透過させることができる。これにより、色再現性が高い、又は、輝度が高いカラー画像の表示を行うことができる。 In the display device according to aspect 7 of the present invention, in the aspect 6, the plurality of filter units covering the one liquid crystal shutter are at least one of the plurality of light emitting units covered by the one liquid crystal shutter. It is preferable that it is provided for each light emitting unit. Accordingly, light can be transmitted through the filter unit for each of the at least some light emitting unit units. Thereby, a color image with high color reproducibility or high luminance can be displayed.
　本発明の態様８に係る表示装置は、上記態様７において、上記１つの上記液晶シャッターを覆う上記複数の上記フィルター部は、上記１つの上記液晶シャッターが覆う全ての発光部単位ごとに設けられていてもよい。これにより、上記１つの上記液晶シャッターが覆う全ての発光部単位ごとに、上記フィルタ部に光を透過させることができる。これにより、色再現性が高いカラー画像の表示を行うことができる。 In the display device according to aspect 8 of the present invention, in the aspect 7, the plurality of filter parts covering the one liquid crystal shutter are provided for every light emitting unit covered by the one liquid crystal shutter. May be. Accordingly, light can be transmitted through the filter unit for every light emitting unit covered by the one liquid crystal shutter. Thereby, a color image with high color reproducibility can be displayed.
　本発明の態様９に係る表示装置は、上記態様５又は６において、上記フィルター部は、１つの液晶シャッターが覆う上記複数の発光部のうち、少なくとも２つの発光部に跨って延伸していることが好ましい。これにより、上記フィルター部の高精細化に伴う歩留り低下を抑制することができる。 In the display device according to aspect 9 of the present invention, in the aspect 5 or 6, the filter unit extends over at least two light emitting units among the plurality of light emitting units covered by one liquid crystal shutter. Is preferred. Thereby, the yield fall accompanying high definition of the said filter part can be suppressed.
　本発明の態様１０に係る表示装置は、上記態様１～９において、平面視したとき、行方向において、上記液晶シャッターは、それぞれ、複数の上記発光部を覆っていることが好ましい。これにより、行方向の解像度を向上させることができる。 In the display device according to aspect 10 of the present invention, in the above aspects 1 to 9, it is preferable that the liquid crystal shutters each cover the plurality of light emitting units in the row direction when viewed in plan. Thereby, the resolution in the row direction can be improved.
　本発明の態様１１に係る表示装置は、上記態様１～１０において、平面視したとき、列方向において、上記液晶シャッターは、それぞれ、複数の上記発光部を覆っていることが好ましい。これにより、列方向の解像度を向上させることができる。 In the display device according to aspect 11 of the present invention, in the above aspects 1 to 10, it is preferable that the liquid crystal shutters each cover the plurality of light emitting portions in the column direction when viewed in plan. Thereby, the resolution in the column direction can be improved.
　本発明の態様１２に係る表示装置は、上記態様５～９において、上記複数のフィルター部は、隣接配置され、互いに異なる色の光を透過するフィルター部を含むことが好ましい。 In the display device according to aspect 12 of the present invention, in any of the above aspects 5 to 9, it is preferable that the plurality of filter parts include filter parts that are arranged adjacent to each other and transmit light of different colors.
　本発明の態様１３に係る表示装置は、上記態様１２において、上記複数のフィルター部は、赤色の光を透過する赤色フィルタと、緑色の光を透過する緑色フィルタと、青色の光を透過する青色フィルタと、黄色の光を透過する黄色フィルタとのうち、少なくとも２個を含むことが好ましい。 In the display device according to aspect 13 of the present invention, in the above aspect 12, the plurality of filter portions include a red filter that transmits red light, a green filter that transmits green light, and a blue light that transmits blue light. It is preferable to include at least two of a filter and a yellow filter that transmits yellow light.
　これにより、上記液晶シャッターよりも解像度を向上させることができると共に、カラー画像を表示することができる。 Thereby, the resolution can be improved as compared with the liquid crystal shutter, and a color image can be displayed.
　本発明の態様１４に係る表示装置は、上記態様１～１３において、上記導光板は、上記液晶シャッターへ出射される光の出射面である主面と、当該主面を支持し、互いに異なる面である第１側部及び第２側部とを含み、上記複数の発光部は、互いに隣接配置され、上記第１側部からの入射光を上記液晶シャッターへ向けて反射することで発光する上記第１発光部と、上記第２側部からの入射光を上記液晶シャッターへ向けて反射することで発光する第２発光部とを含むことが好ましい。 In the display device according to aspect 14 of the present invention, in any of the above aspects 1 to 13, the light guide plate supports a main surface, which is an emission surface of light emitted to the liquid crystal shutter, and the main surface, which are different from each other. The plurality of light emitting units are arranged adjacent to each other and emit light by reflecting incident light from the first side toward the liquid crystal shutter. It is preferable to include a first light emitting unit and a second light emitting unit that emits light by reflecting incident light from the second side toward the liquid crystal shutter.
　上記構成により、上記第１発光部と、上記第２発光部とを独立して発光させることができる。 With the above configuration, the first light emitting unit and the second light emitting unit can emit light independently.
　本発明の態様１５に係る表示装置は、上記態様１４において、上記照明部は、上記導光板の上記第１側部に対向配置された第１光源部と、上記第２側部に対向配置された第２光源部とを含むことが好ましい。これにより、上記第１発光部と、上記第２発光部とを独立して発光させることができる。 In the display device according to aspect 15 of the present invention, in the aspect 14, the illuminating unit is disposed to be opposed to the first light source unit disposed to face the first side part of the light guide plate and to the second side part. And a second light source part. Accordingly, the first light emitting unit and the second light emitting unit can emit light independently.
　本発明は上述した各実施形態に限定されるものではなく、請求項に示した範囲で種々の変更が可能であり、異なる実施形態にそれぞれ開示された技術的手段を適宜組み合わせて得られる実施形態についても本発明の技術的範囲に含まれる。さらに、各実施形態にそれぞれ開示された技術的手段を組み合わせることにより、新しい技術的特徴を形成することができる。
　（関連出願の相互参照）
　本出願は、2016年6月27日に出願された日本国特許出願：特願2016-126900に対して優先権の利益を主張するものであり、それを参照することにより、その内容の全てが本書に含まれる。 The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and various modifications are possible within the scope shown in the claims, and embodiments obtained by appropriately combining technical means disclosed in different embodiments. Is also included in the technical scope of the present invention. Furthermore, a new technical feature can be formed by combining the technical means disclosed in each embodiment.
(Cross-reference of related applications)
This application claims the benefit of priority to the Japanese patent application filed on Jun. 27, 2016: Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-126900. Included in this document.
１　表示装置
１０　表示パネル
１１　対向基板
ＣＦＢ１１，ＣＦＢ１２，ＣＦＢ２１，ＣＦＢ２２　青色フィルタ
ＣＦＧ１１，ＣＦＧ１２，ＣＦＧ２１，ＣＦＧ２２　緑色フィルタ
ＣＦＲ１１，ＣＦＲ１２，ＣＦＲ２１，ＣＦＲ２２　赤色フィルタ
１５　液晶
１６　シール
２０　素子基板
２２　ソースドライバ
２３　ゲートドライバ
２４　トランジスタ
２５　画素電極
３０、３０Ｂ～３０Ｅ　バックライト（照明部）
３１、３１Ｂ～３１Ｅ　導光板
３１ａ　出射面
３１ｂ　裏面
３１ｃ、３１Ｂｃ～３１Ｅｃ　第１側部
３１ｄ、３１Ｂｄ～３１Ｅｄ　第２側部
３１ｅ、３１Ｂｅ～３１Ｅｅ　第３側部
３１ｆ、３１Ｂｆ～３１Ｅｆ　第４側部
３２　光源部
３２ａ、３３ａ、３４ａ、３５ａ　光出射部
３２ｂ、３３ｂ、３４ｂ、３５ｂ　レンズ部
５０　制御部 DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Display apparatus 10 Display panel 11 Opposite substrate CFB11, CFB12, CFB21, CFB22 Blue filter CFG11, CFG12, CFG21, CFG22 Green filter CFR11, CFR12, CFR21, CFR22 Red filter 15 Liquid crystal 16 Seal 20 Element substrate 22 Source driver 23 Gate driver 24 Transistor 25 Pixel electrode 30, 30B-30E Backlight (illumination part)
31, 31B to 31E Light guide plate 31a Emission surface 31b Back surface 31c, 31Bc to 31Ec First side portion 31d, 31Bd to 31Ed Second side portion 31e, 31Be to 31Ee Third side portion 31f, 31Bf to 31Ef Fourth side portion 32 Units 32a, 33a, 34a, 35a Light emitting units 32b, 33b, 34b, 35b Lens unit 50 Control unit

Claims (15)

  1. 　独立して光をドット状に出射する発光部が行列方向にマトリクス状に配置された導光板を備える照明部と、
    　上記照明部から出射された光の透過量を制御し、行列方向にマトリクス状に配置されている液晶シャッターとを備え、
    　平面視したとき、行方向及び列方向のうち、少なくとも一方向において、上記液晶シャッターは、それぞれ、複数の上記発光部を覆っていることを特徴とする表示装置。     A lighting unit including a light guide plate in which light emitting units that independently emit light in a dot shape are arranged in a matrix in a matrix direction;
    Controlling the transmission amount of light emitted from the illuminating unit, comprising a liquid crystal shutter arranged in a matrix in the matrix direction,
    The display device, wherein when viewed from above, the liquid crystal shutters each cover a plurality of the light emitting units in at least one of a row direction and a column direction.
  2. 　１つの上記液晶シャッターが覆う上記複数の発光部の発光期間を独立して制御する制御部を備えていることを特徴とする請求項１に記載の表示装置。 The display device according to claim 1, further comprising a control unit that independently controls light emission periods of the plurality of light emitting units covered by one liquid crystal shutter.
  3. 　上記制御部は、上記１つの上記液晶シャッターが覆う上記複数の発光部のうち、２以上の発光部が同時に発光するように制御することを特徴とする請求項２に記載の表示装置。 3. The display device according to claim 2, wherein the control unit controls the two or more light emitting units to emit light simultaneously among the plurality of light emitting units covered by the one liquid crystal shutter.
  4. 　１つの上記液晶シャッターが覆う上記複数の発光部のうち、少なくとも１つは、当該１つの液晶シャッターに隣接する他の液晶シャッターに跨って延伸していることを特徴とする請求項１～３の何れか１項に記載の表示装置。 The at least one of the plurality of light emitting units covered by one liquid crystal shutter extends over another liquid crystal shutter adjacent to the one liquid crystal shutter. The display device according to any one of the above.
  5. 　上記液晶シャッターが透過した光のうち特定の色の光を透過するフィルター部が、行列方向にマトリクス状に配置されたカラーフィルタ部とを備えていることを特徴とする請求項１～４の何れか１項に記載の表示装置。 5. The filter unit that transmits light of a specific color among the light transmitted through the liquid crystal shutter includes a color filter unit arranged in a matrix in a matrix direction. The display device according to claim 1.
  6. 　１つの上記液晶シャッターを、複数の上記フィルター部が覆っていることを特徴とする請求項５に記載の表示装置。 6. The display device according to claim 5, wherein one of the liquid crystal shutters is covered with a plurality of the filter portions.
  7. 　上記１つの上記液晶シャッターを覆う上記複数の上記フィルター部は、上記１つの上記液晶シャッターが覆う上記複数の発光部のうち、少なくとも一部の発光部単位ごとに設けられていることを特徴とする請求項６に記載の表示装置。 The plurality of filter sections covering the one liquid crystal shutter are provided for each of at least a part of the plurality of light emitting sections covered by the one liquid crystal shutter. The display device according to claim 6.
  8. 　上記１つの上記液晶シャッターを覆う上記複数の上記フィルター部は、上記１つの上記液晶シャッターが覆う全ての発光部単位ごとに設けられていることを特徴とする請求項６又は７に記載の表示装置。 8. The display device according to claim 6, wherein the plurality of filter parts covering the one liquid crystal shutter are provided for every light emitting part unit covered by the one liquid crystal shutter. 9. .
  9. 　上記フィルター部は、１つの液晶シャッターが覆う上記複数の発光部のうち、少なくとも２つの発光部に跨って延伸していることを特徴とする請求項５又は６に記載の表示装置。 The display device according to claim 5 or 6, wherein the filter section extends across at least two light emitting sections among the plurality of light emitting sections covered by one liquid crystal shutter.
  10. 　平面視したとき、行方向において、上記液晶シャッターは、それぞれ、複数の上記発光部を覆っていることを特徴とする請求項１～９の何れか１項に記載の表示装置。 10. The display device according to claim 1, wherein each of the liquid crystal shutters covers the plurality of light emitting units in a row direction when viewed in a plan view.
  11. 　平面視したとき、列方向において、上記液晶シャッターは、それぞれ、複数の上記発光部を覆っていることを特徴とする請求項１～１０の何れか１項に記載の表示装置。 The display device according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the liquid crystal shutters each cover the plurality of light emitting units in a column direction when viewed in a plan view.
  12. 　上記複数のフィルター部は、隣接配置され、互いに異なる色の光を透過するフィルター部を含むことを特徴とする請求項５～９の何れか１項に記載の表示装置。 The display device according to any one of claims 5 to 9, wherein the plurality of filter units include filter units arranged adjacent to each other and transmitting light of different colors.
  13. 　上記複数のフィルター部は、赤色の光を透過する赤色フィルタと、緑色の光を透過する緑色フィルタと、青色の光を透過する青色フィルタと、黄色の光を透過する黄色フィルタとのうち、少なくとも２個を含むことを特徴とする請求項１２に記載の表示装置。 The plurality of filter units include at least one of a red filter that transmits red light, a green filter that transmits green light, a blue filter that transmits blue light, and a yellow filter that transmits yellow light. The display device according to claim 12, comprising two.
  14. 　上記導光板は、上記液晶シャッターへ出射される光の出射面である主面と、当該主面を支持し、互いに異なる面である第１側部及び第２側部とを含み、
    　上記複数の発光部は、互いに隣接配置され、上記第１側部からの入射光を上記液晶シャッターへ向けて反射することで発光する第１発光部と、上記第２側部からの入射光を上記液晶シャッターへ向けて反射することで発光する第２発光部とを含むことを特徴とする請求項１～１３の何れか１項に記載の表示装置。     The light guide plate includes a main surface that is an emission surface of light emitted to the liquid crystal shutter, and a first side and a second side that support the main surface and are different from each other.
    The plurality of light emitting units are arranged adjacent to each other, and the first light emitting unit that emits light by reflecting incident light from the first side toward the liquid crystal shutter, and the incident light from the second side. The display device according to any one of claims 1 to 13, further comprising: a second light emitting unit that emits light by being reflected toward the liquid crystal shutter.
  15. 　上記照明部は、上記導光板の上記第１側部に対向配置された第１光源部と、上記第２側部に対向配置された第２光源部とを含むことを特徴とする請求項１４に記載の表示装置。 The illumination unit includes a first light source unit disposed opposite to the first side portion of the light guide plate, and a second light source unit disposed opposite to the second side portion. The display device described in 1.
PCT/JP2017/017568 2016-06-27 2017-05-09 Display device WO2018003298A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016-126900 2016-06-27
JP2016126900 2016-06-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018003298A1 true WO2018003298A1 (en) 2018-01-04

Family

ID=60787020

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/017568 WO2018003298A1 (en) 2016-06-27 2017-05-09 Display device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2018003298A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109166535A (en) * 2018-11-07 2019-01-08 惠科股份有限公司 Brightness adjusting method, brightness control system and the display system of display system

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010286813A (en) * 2009-05-12 2010-12-24 Stanley Electric Co Ltd Stereoscopic display apparatus
JP2013012439A (en) * 2011-06-30 2013-01-17 Japan Display East Inc Display device
US20130038814A1 (en) * 2011-08-12 2013-02-14 Wei Lin True Color Liquid Crystal Displaying Device
JP2015096872A (en) * 2012-02-28 2015-05-21 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010286813A (en) * 2009-05-12 2010-12-24 Stanley Electric Co Ltd Stereoscopic display apparatus
JP2013012439A (en) * 2011-06-30 2013-01-17 Japan Display East Inc Display device
US20130038814A1 (en) * 2011-08-12 2013-02-14 Wei Lin True Color Liquid Crystal Displaying Device
JP2015096872A (en) * 2012-02-28 2015-05-21 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display device

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109166535A (en) * 2018-11-07 2019-01-08 惠科股份有限公司 Brightness adjusting method, brightness control system and the display system of display system

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI597709B (en) Display device
KR101960049B1 (en) Display apparatus and method of driving the same
CN106873227B (en) Display device
TWI571675B (en) Pixel array and head up display
US20130321495A1 (en) Display device
US20110019262A1 (en) Display device
JP2016126337A (en) Display device and driving method of the same
JP5522336B2 (en) Liquid crystal display
US8120628B2 (en) Method for driving a display
CN103018941A (en) Transmissive display
US9704440B2 (en) Field-sequential color liquid crystal display and driving method thereof
WO2018003298A1 (en) Display device
KR100933111B1 (en) Dual mode display
US11776499B2 (en) Display device including subpixels having light-shielded opening portions
US11127361B2 (en) Display device
TWI401496B (en) Transflective display with white tuning
TWI599824B (en) Display device, display device driving method
US9601066B2 (en) Field sequential display including primary color sub-pixels, a transparent sub-pixel, and differently-colored light sources
KR102326620B1 (en) A display apparatus
KR102075696B1 (en) Display apparatus and method of driving the same
KR20160021386A (en) Display apparatus and method of driving the same
TWI643004B (en) Pixel array and head up display
JP2021189336A (en) Display device
KR101723455B1 (en) Color filter substrate and liquid crystal display device including thereof
JP2019090916A (en) Display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17819665

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17819665

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP